doc: add info about FT232H and JTAG-lock-pick Tiny 2 adapter
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About Jim-Tcl:: About Jim-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * Flash Programming:: Flash Programming
76 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
77 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
78 * General Commands:: General Commands
79 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
80 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
81 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
82 * TFTP:: TFTP
83 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
84 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
85 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
86 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
87 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
88
89 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
90 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
91 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
92 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
93 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
94 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
95 @end menu
96
97 @node About
98 @unnumbered About
99 @cindex about
100
101 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
102 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
103 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
104 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
105 around the world.
106
107 @section What is OpenOCD?
108 @cindex TAP
109 @cindex JTAG
110
111 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
112 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
113 devices.
114
115 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
116 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
117 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
118 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
119 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
120 needed to hook up to the target.
121
122 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
123 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
124 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
125 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
126 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
127
128 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles, which
129 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
130 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
131 let the development board can be directly connected to the debug
132 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
133
134 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
135 signaling, and is used to communicate
136 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
137 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
138 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
139 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
140 scan operations.
141
142 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
143 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
144 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD only supports
145 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
146
147 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
148 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
149 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
150 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
151
152
153 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
154 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
155 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
156
157 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
158 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
159 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3, ST STM32 and Energy Micro EFM32) based cores to be
160 debugged via the GDB protocol.
161
162 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
163 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
164 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC1800, LPC2000, LPC4300, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U,
165 STR7x, STR9x, LM3, STM32x and EFM32). Preliminary support for various NAND flash
166 controllers (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
167
168 @section OpenOCD Web Site
169
170 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
171
172 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/}
173
174 @section Latest User's Guide:
175
176 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
177 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
178 Its HTML form is published regularly at:
179
180 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/html/index.html}
181
182 PDF form is likewise published at:
183
184 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
185
186 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
187
188 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
189 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
190 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
191 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
192 instead of this forum.
193
194 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
195
196 @section OpenOCD User's Mailing List
197
198 The OpenOCD User Mailing List provides the primary means of
199 communication between users:
200
201 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-user}
202
203 @section OpenOCD IRC
204
205 Support can also be found on irc:
206 @uref{irc://irc.freenode.net/openocd}
207
208 @node Developers
209 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
210 @cindex developers
211
212 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
213 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
214 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
215 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
216
217 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
218 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
219
220 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
221
222 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
223 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
224
225 @uref{git://git.code.sf.net/p/openocd/code}
226
227 or via http
228
229 @uref{http://git.code.sf.net/p/openocd/code}
230
231 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
232
233 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
234
235 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
236 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
237 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
238 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
239 needing a GIT client:
240
241 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
242
243 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
244 from the repository or a snapshot.
245
246 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
247 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
248 Patches created against older versions may require additional
249 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
250
251 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
252
253 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
254 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
255 technical information about the software internals, development
256 processes, and similar documentation:
257
258 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/html/index.html}
259
260 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
261 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
262 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
263
264 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
265
266 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
267 communication between developers:
268
269 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-devel}
270
271 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
272 The @file{HACKING} file contains basic information about how
273 to prepare patches.
274
275 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
276
277 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
278 using Trac for its bug database:
279
280 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
281
282
283 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
284 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
285 @cindex dongles
286 @cindex FTDI
287 @cindex wiggler
288 @cindex zy1000
289 @cindex printer port
290 @cindex USB Adapter
291 @cindex RTCK
292
293 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
294 an adapter .... [snip]
295
296 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
297 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. One
298 exception is the Zylin ZY1000, packaged as a small box you attach via
299 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
300 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
301 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
302 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
303
304
305 @section Choosing a Dongle
306
307 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
308
309 @enumerate
310 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
311 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
312 other ways to communicate with target devices.
313 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
314 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
315 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
316 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
317 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
318 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
319 Ethernet port needed?
320 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
321 RTCK support? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
322 @end enumerate
323
324 @section Stand alone Systems
325
326 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.ultsol.com/index.php/component/content/article/8/33-zylin-zy1000-jtag-probe}
327 Technically, not a dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
328 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
329 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
330 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
331
332 @section USB FT2232 Based
333
334 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
335 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
336 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
337 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
338 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
339 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters. Around 2012 a new
340 variant appeared - FT232H - this is a single-channel version of FT2232H.
341 (Adapters using those high speed FT2232H or FT232H chips may support adaptive
342 clocking.)
343
344 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
345 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
346 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
347 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
348 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
349
350 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
351 a built-in low cost debug adapter and usb-to-serial solution.
352
353 @itemize @bullet
354 @item @b{usbjtag}
355 @* Link @url{http://elk.informatik.fh-augsburg.de/hhweb/doc/openocd/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
356 @item @b{jtagkey}
357 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
358 @item @b{jtagkey2}
359 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
360 @item @b{oocdlink}
361 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
362 @item @b{signalyzer}
363 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
364 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
365 @* See: @url{http://www.ti.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
366 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
367 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
368 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
369 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
370 @item @b{TI/Luminary ICDI}
371 @* See: @url{http://www.ti.com} - TI/Luminary In-Circuit Debug
372 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
373 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
374 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
375 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
376 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
377 @item @b{Flyswatter/Flyswatter2}
378 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
379 @item @b{turtelizer2}
380 @* See:
381 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
382 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
383 @item @b{comstick}
384 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
385 @item @b{stm32stick}
386 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
387 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
388 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com} - NOTE: This JTAG does not appear
389 to be available anymore as of April 2012.
390 @item @b{cortino}
391 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
392 @item @b{dlp-usb1232h}
393 @* Link @url{http://www.dlpdesign.com/usb/usb1232h.shtml}
394 @item @b{digilent-hs1}
395 @* Link @url{http://www.digilentinc.com/Products/Detail.cfm?Prod=JTAG-HS1}
396 @item @b{opendous}
397 @* Link @url{http://code.google.com/p/opendous/wiki/JTAG} FT2232H-based
398 (OpenHardware).
399 @item @b{JTAG-lock-pick Tiny 2}
400 @* Link @url{http://www.distortec.com/jtag-lock-pick-tiny-2} FT232H-based
401 @end itemize
402
403 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
404
405 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
406 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
407 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
408 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
409 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
410
411 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
412 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
413 (see the section on driver commands).
414
415 @itemize
416 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
417 @* Link: @url{http://ixo-jtag.sourceforge.net/}
418 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
419 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
420 @end itemize
421
422 @section USB JLINK based
423 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
424 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
425 AT91SAM764 internally.
426
427 @itemize @bullet
428 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
429 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
430 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
431 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
432 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
433 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/en/products/hardware-debug-probes/iar-j-link/}
434 @end itemize
435
436 @section USB RLINK based
437 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer,
438 permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for
439 SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
440
441 @itemize @bullet
442 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
443 @* Link: @url{http://www.mcu-raisonance.com/~rlink-debugger-programmer__microcontrollers__tool~tool__T018:4cn9ziz4bnx6.html}
444 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
445 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
446 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
447 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
448 @end itemize
449
450 @section USB ST-LINK based
451 ST Micro has an adapter called @b{ST-LINK}.
452 They only work with ST Micro chips, notably STM32 and STM8.
453
454 @itemize @bullet
455 @item @b{ST-LINK}
456 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32VLDISCOVERY.
457 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/219866.jsp}
458 @item @b{ST-LINK/V2}
459 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32F4DISCOVERY.
460 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/251168.jsp}
461 @end itemize
462
463 For info the original ST-LINK enumerates using the mass storage usb class, however
464 it's implementation is completely broken. The result is this causes issues under linux.
465 The simplest solution is to get linux to ignore the ST-LINK using one of the following methods:
466 @itemize @bullet
467 @item modprobe -r usb-storage && modprobe usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i
468 @item add "options usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i" to /etc/modprobe.conf
469 @end itemize
470
471 @section USB TI/Stellaris ICDI based
472 Texas Instruments has an adapter called @b{ICDI}.
473 It is not to be confused with the FTDI based adapters that were originally fitted to their
474 evaluation boards. This is the adapter fitted to the Stellaris LaunchPad.
475
476 @section USB Other
477 @itemize @bullet
478 @item @b{USBprog}
479 @* Link: @url{http://shop.embedded-projects.net/} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
480
481 @item @b{USB - Presto}
482 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
483
484 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
485 @* Link: @url{http://www.versaloon.com}
486
487 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
488 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
489
490 @item @b{Buspirate}
491 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
492
493 @item @b{opendous}
494 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/opendous-jtag/} - which uses an AT90USB162
495
496 @item @b{estick}
497 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/estick-jtag/}
498
499 @item @b{Keil ULINK v1}
500 @* Link: @url{http://www.keil.com/ulink1/}
501 @end itemize
502
503 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
504
505 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
506 and the Macraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
507 these on the market.
508
509 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
510 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
511 of USB-based ones.
512
513 @itemize @bullet
514
515 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
516 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
517
518 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
519 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
520 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
521
522 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
523 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
524
525 @item @b{GW16402}
526 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
527
528 @item @b{Wiggler2}
529 @* Link: @url{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/~michaels/index.php/hardware/armjtag}
530
531 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
532 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
533
534 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
535 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
536
537 @item @b{arm-jtag}
538 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
539
540 @item @b{chameleon}
541 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
542
543 @item @b{Triton}
544 @* Unknown.
545
546 @item @b{Lattice}
547 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
548 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
549
550 @item @b{flashlink}
551 @* From ST Microsystems;
552 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/com/TECHNICAL_RESOURCES/TECHNICAL_LITERATURE/DATA_BRIEF/DM00039500.pdf}
553
554 @end itemize
555
556 @section Other...
557 @itemize @bullet
558
559 @item @b{ep93xx}
560 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
561
562 @item @b{at91rm9200}
563 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
564
565 @end itemize
566
567 @node About Jim-Tcl
568 @chapter About Jim-Tcl
569 @cindex Jim-Tcl
570 @cindex tcl
571
572 OpenOCD uses a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as Jim-Tcl.
573 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
574 command interpreter.
575
576 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to Jim-Tcl.
577 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
578 much of anything about Tcl.
579 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
580
581 You can learn more about Jim at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
582 There is an active and responsive community, get on the mailing list
583 if you have any questions. Jim-Tcl maintainers also lurk on the
584 OpenOCD mailing list.
585
586 @itemize @bullet
587 @item @b{Jim vs. Tcl}
588 @* Jim-Tcl is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
589 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. Jim-Tcl has far
590 fewer features. Jim-Tcl is several dozens of .C files and .H files and
591 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
592 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
593
594 @item @b{Missing Features}
595 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
596 needed. We welcome Jim-Tcl improvements, not bloat. Also there
597 are a large number of optional Jim-Tcl features that are not
598 enabled in OpenOCD.
599
600 @item @b{Scripts}
601 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are Jim-Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
602 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
603 Jim-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
604
605 @item @b{Commands}
606 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
607 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
608 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
609 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
610
611 @item @b{Historical Note}
612 @* Jim-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008. Fall 2010,
613 before OpenOCD 0.5 release OpenOCD switched to using Jim Tcl
614 as a git submodule, which greatly simplified upgrading Jim Tcl
615 to benefit from new features and bugfixes in Jim Tcl.
616
617 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
618 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
619 @end itemize
620
621 @node Running
622 @chapter Running
623 @cindex command line options
624 @cindex logfile
625 @cindex directory search
626
627 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
628 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
629 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
630 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
631 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
632
633 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
634 tell it how each debug session should work.
635 The @option{--help} option shows:
636 @verbatim
637 bash$ openocd --help
638
639 --help | -h display this help
640 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
641 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
642 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
643 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
644 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
645 --command | -c run <command>
646 @end verbatim
647
648 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
649 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
650 To specify one or more different
651 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
652
653 @example
654 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
655 @end example
656
657 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
658 @enumerate
659 @item the current directory,
660 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
661 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
662 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
663 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
664 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
665 @end enumerate
666 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
667
668 @quotation Note
669 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
670 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
671 @end quotation
672
673 @section Simple setup, no customization
674
675 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
676 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
677 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
678 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
679 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
680
681 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
682 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
683 the server like:
684
685 @example
686 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
687 @end example
688
689 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
690 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
691 If all goes well you'll see output something like
692
693 @example
694 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
695 For bug reports, read
696 http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
697 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
698 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
699 @end example
700
701 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
702 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
703 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
704
705 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
706
707 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
708 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
709 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
710 @xref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage}.
711 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
712 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
713 ensure that this always succeeds.
714 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
715 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
716 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
717 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
718
719 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
720 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
721 those channels.
722
723 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
724 the @option{-d} option.
725
726 Also it is possible to interleave Jim-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
727 @option{-c} command line switch.
728
729 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
730 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
731 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
732 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
733 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
734 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level<n>}
735 (@pxref{debuglevel,,debug_level}).
736
737 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
738 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
739
740 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
741 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
742 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
743 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
744
745 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
746 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
747
748 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
749 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
750 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
751 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
752 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
753 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
754 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
755
756 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
757
758 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
759 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
760 and a USB cable on the other.
761 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
762 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
763
764 @enumerate
765 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
766 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
767 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
768 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
769 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
770 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
771 debugging host.
772
773 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
774 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
775 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
776 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
777 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
778
779 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
780 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
781 with 1.2 Volt boards.
782
783 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
784 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
785 ways to connect the cable.
786 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
787 Be sure it's firmly connected.
788
789 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
790 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
791 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
792 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
793 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
794 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
795 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
796 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
797
798 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
799 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
800 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
801 but are tedious to set up.
802 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
803 adapter signals to the right board pins.
804
805 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
806 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
807 you are using to run OpenOCD.
808 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
809
810 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
811 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
812 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
813
814 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
815 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
816 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
817
818 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
819 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
820 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
821 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
822
823 @end enumerate
824
825 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
826 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
827 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
828
829 @section Project Directory
830
831 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
832
833 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
834 single directory for your work with a given board.
835 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
836 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
837 files accessed through semihosting,
838 and for code you upload to the target board.
839 It is also the natural place to write files,
840 such as log files and data you download from the board.
841
842 @section Configuration Basics
843
844 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
845 a variety of ways you can mix them.
846 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
847
848 @itemize
849 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
850 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
851 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
852 @end itemize
853
854 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
855 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
856 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
857
858 @example
859 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
860
861 # GDB can also flash my flash!
862 gdb_memory_map enable
863 gdb_flash_program enable
864
865 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
866 @end example
867
868 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
869
870 @example
871 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
872 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
873 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
874 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
875 @end example
876
877 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
878 each supporting a different development task.
879 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
880 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
881
882 @quotation Important
883 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
884 problems with how it treats variables.
885 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
886 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
887 that can be tested in a later script.
888 @end quotation
889
890 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
891 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
892 to simplify your work.
893
894 @section User Config Files
895 @cindex config file, user
896 @cindex user config file
897 @cindex config file, overview
898
899 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
900 in one place.
901 One of the following will match your situation best:
902
903 @itemize
904 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
905 provided by someone else.
906 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
907 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
908 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
909 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
910 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
911 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
912
913 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
914 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
915
916 @enumerate
917 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
918 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
919 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
920 @end enumerate
921
922 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
923 The first is an interface config file.
924 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
925 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
926 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
927 meet your deadline:
928
929 @example
930 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
931 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
932 @end example
933
934 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
935 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
936 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
937 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
938
939 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
940 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
941 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
942 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
943 target and board
944 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
945 @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
946
947 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
948 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
949 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
950 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
951
952 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
953 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
954 giving access to your particular flash chips.
955 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
956 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
957
958 @quotation Note
959 When you write new configuration files, please submit
960 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
961 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
962 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
963 will help support users of any board using that chip.
964 @end quotation
965
966 @item
967 You may may need to write some C code.
968 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
969 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
970 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
971 a new chip architecture.
972 @end itemize
973
974 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
975 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
976 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
977
978 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
979 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
980 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
981 @itemize
982
983 @item
984 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
985 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
986 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
987 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
988
989 @item
990 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
991 @cindex vector_catch
992 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
993 and @command{cortex_m vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
994 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
995 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
996 along with messaging and tracing setup.
997 (@xref{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing,,Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
998
999 @item
1000 You might need to override some defaults.
1001 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
1002 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
1003
1004 @item
1005 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
1006 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
1007 a user config file. @xref{tcpipports,,TCP/IP Ports}.
1008 @end itemize
1009
1010 @section Project-Specific Utilities
1011
1012 A few project-specific utility
1013 routines may well speed up your work.
1014 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
1015
1016 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
1017 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
1018 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
1019 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
1020 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
1021 may help:
1022
1023 @example
1024 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
1025 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
1026 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
1027 # Leave the CPU halted.
1028 reset init
1029
1030 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
1031 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
1032
1033 # Start running.
1034 resume 0x20000000
1035 @}
1036 @end example
1037
1038 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
1039 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
1040 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
1041 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
1042 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
1043
1044 @example
1045 proc newboot @{ @} @{
1046 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
1047 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
1048 # "reset halt" would be slower.
1049 reset init
1050
1051 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
1052 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
1053 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
1054 flash protect 0 0 1 off
1055 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
1056 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
1057 flash protect 0 0 1 on
1058
1059 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
1060 reset run
1061 @}
1062 @end example
1063
1064 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
1065 from NAND.
1066 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1067 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1068 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1069
1070 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1071 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1072
1073 @section Target Software Changes
1074
1075 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1076 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1077 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1078 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1079 handling issues like:
1080
1081 @itemize @bullet
1082
1083 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1084 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1085 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1086 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1087 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1088 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1089 your debug sessions.
1090
1091 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1092 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1093 That might however be your only option.
1094
1095 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1096 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1097 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1098 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1099 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1100 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1101 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1102 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1103 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1104 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1105 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1106 instead of the whole thing.
1107 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1108 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1109
1110 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1111 @cindex ARM semihosting
1112 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1113 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1114 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1115 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1116 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1117 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1118 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1119 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1120 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1121 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1122 NAND or SPI flash.
1123
1124 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1125 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1126 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1127 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1128 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1129
1130 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1131 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1132 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1133 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1134 registers which can be used to change various features including
1135 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1136 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1137 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1138 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1139 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1140
1141 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1142 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1143 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1144 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1145 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1146
1147 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1148 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1149 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1150 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1151 early code execution can be debugged
1152 or firmware can be replaced.
1153
1154 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1155 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1156 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1157 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1158 operations like writing to memory.)
1159
1160 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1161 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1162 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1163 various kinds of message.
1164 @xref{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing,,Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1165
1166 @end itemize
1167
1168 @section Target Hardware Setup
1169
1170 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1171 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1172 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1173 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1174 working with.}
1175
1176 Common issues include:
1177
1178 @itemize @bullet
1179
1180 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1181 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1182 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1183 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1184 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1185 or one from a daughtercard).
1186 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1187 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1188
1189 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1190 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1191 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1192 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1193 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1194 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1195
1196 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1197 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1198 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1199 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1200 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1201
1202
1203 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1204 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1205 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1206 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1207 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1208 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1209 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1210
1211 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1212 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1213 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1214 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1215 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1216
1217 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1218 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1219 used to start booting.
1220
1221 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1222 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1223 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1224 multiple audio codec chips).
1225 This interacts with software
1226 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1227 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1228 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1229 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1230 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1231 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1232 audio or video codecs are used.
1233
1234 @end itemize
1235
1236 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1237 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1238 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1239 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1240 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1241 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1242 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1243 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1244 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1245 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1246
1247
1248 @node Config File Guidelines
1249 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1250
1251 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1252 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1253 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1254 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1255
1256 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1257 with files including the ones listed here.
1258 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1259 @itemize @bullet
1260 @item @file{interface} ...
1261 These are for debug adapters.
1262 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1263 @example
1264 $ ls interface -R
1265 interface/:
1266 altera-usb-blaster.cfg hilscher_nxhx50_re.cfg openocd-usb-hs.cfg
1267 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg openrd.cfg
1268 at91rm9200.cfg icebear.cfg osbdm.cfg
1269 axm0432.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1270 busblaster.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1271 buspirate.cfg jtagkey2p.cfg redbee-econotag.cfg
1272 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg redbee-usb.cfg
1273 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg rlink.cfg
1274 calao-usb-a9260.cfg jtag-lock-pick_tiny_2.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1275 chameleon.cfg kt-link.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1276 cortino.cfg lisa-l.cfg signalyzer-h2.cfg
1277 digilent-hs1.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer-h4.cfg
1278 dlp-usb1232h.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg signalyzer-lite.cfg
1279 dummy.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg stlink-v1.cfg
1280 estick.cfg minimodule.cfg stlink-v2.cfg
1281 flashlink.cfg neodb.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1282 flossjtag.cfg ngxtech.cfg sysfsgpio-raspberrypi.cfg
1283 flossjtag-noeeprom.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg ti-icdi.cfg
1284 flyswatter2.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd-h.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1285 flyswatter.cfg olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg ulink.cfg
1286 ftdi olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg usb-jtag.cfg
1287 hilscher_nxhx10_etm.cfg oocdlink.cfg usbprog.cfg
1288 hilscher_nxhx500_etm.cfg opendous.cfg vpaclink.cfg
1289 hilscher_nxhx500_re.cfg opendous_ftdi.cfg vsllink.cfg
1290 hilscher_nxhx50_etm.cfg openocd-usb.cfg xds100v2.cfg
1291
1292 interface/ftdi:
1293 axm0432.cfg icebear.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1294 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey2.cfg opendous_ftdi.cfg
1295 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey2p.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1296 cortino.cfg jtagkey.cfg openocd-usb-hs.cfg
1297 dlp-usb1232h.cfg jtag-lock-pick_tiny_2.cfg openrd.cfg
1298 dp_busblaster.cfg kt-link.cfg redbee-econotag.cfg
1299 flossjtag.cfg lisa-l.cfg redbee-usb.cfg
1300 flossjtag-noeeprom.cfg luminary.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1301 flyswatter2.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1302 flyswatter.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg signalyzer-lite.cfg
1303 hilscher_nxhx10_etm.cfg minimodule.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1304 hilscher_nxhx500_etm.cfg neodb.cfg turtelizer2-revB.cfg
1305 hilscher_nxhx500_re.cfg ngxtech.cfg turtelizer2-revC.cfg
1306 hilscher_nxhx50_etm.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg vpaclink.cfg
1307 hilscher_nxhx50_re.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd-h.cfg xds100v2.cfg
1308 hitex_lpc1768stick.cfg olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg
1309 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg
1310 $
1311 @end example
1312 @item @file{board} ...
1313 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1314 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1315 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1316 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1317 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1318 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1319 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1320 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1321 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1322 a CPU and an FPGA.
1323 @example
1324 $ ls board
1325 actux3.cfg lpc1850_spifi_generic.cfg
1326 am3517evm.cfg lpc4350_spifi_generic.cfg
1327 arm_evaluator7t.cfg lubbock.cfg
1328 at91cap7a-stk-sdram.cfg mcb1700.cfg
1329 at91eb40a.cfg microchip_explorer16.cfg
1330 at91rm9200-dk.cfg mini2440.cfg
1331 at91rm9200-ek.cfg mini6410.cfg
1332 at91sam9261-ek.cfg netgear-dg834v3.cfg
1333 at91sam9263-ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1334 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1335 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1336 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1337 atmel_at91sam9rl-ek.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1338 atmel_sam3n_ek.cfg olimex_stm32_h107.cfg
1339 atmel_sam3s_ek.cfg olimex_stm32_p107.cfg
1340 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1341 atmel_sam3x_ek.cfg open-bldc.cfg
1342 atmel_sam4s_ek.cfg openrd.cfg
1343 balloon3-cpu.cfg osk5912.cfg
1344 colibri.cfg phone_se_j100i.cfg
1345 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg phytec_lpc3250.cfg
1346 csb337.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1347 csb732.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1348 da850evm.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1349 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg redbee.cfg
1350 diolan_lpc4350-db1.cfg rsc-w910.cfg
1351 dm355evm.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1352 dm365evm.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1353 dm6446evm.cfg spear300evb.cfg
1354 efikamx.cfg spear300evb_mod.cfg
1355 eir.cfg spear310evb20.cfg
1356 ek-lm3s1968.cfg spear310evb20_mod.cfg
1357 ek-lm3s3748.cfg spear320cpu.cfg
1358 ek-lm3s6965.cfg spear320cpu_mod.cfg
1359 ek-lm3s811.cfg steval_pcc010.cfg
1360 ek-lm3s811-revb.cfg stm320518_eval_stlink.cfg
1361 ek-lm3s8962.cfg stm32100b_eval.cfg
1362 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm3210b_eval.cfg
1363 ek-lm3s9d92.cfg stm3210c_eval.cfg
1364 ek-lm4f120xl.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1365 ek-lm4f232.cfg stm3220g_eval.cfg
1366 embedded-artists_lpc2478-32.cfg stm3220g_eval_stlink.cfg
1367 ethernut3.cfg stm3241g_eval.cfg
1368 glyn_tonga2.cfg stm3241g_eval_stlink.cfg
1369 hammer.cfg stm32f0discovery.cfg
1370 hilscher_nxdb500sys.cfg stm32f3discovery.cfg
1371 hilscher_nxeb500hmi.cfg stm32f4discovery.cfg
1372 hilscher_nxhx10.cfg stm32ldiscovery.cfg
1373 hilscher_nxhx500.cfg stm32vldiscovery.cfg
1374 hilscher_nxhx50.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1375 hilscher_nxsb100.cfg telo.cfg
1376 hitex_lpc1768stick.cfg ti_am335xevm.cfg
1377 hitex_lpc2929.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1378 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard_xm.cfg
1379 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg ti_beaglebone.cfg
1380 iar_lpc1768.cfg ti_blaze.cfg
1381 iar_str912_sk.cfg ti_pandaboard.cfg
1382 icnova_imx53_sodimm.cfg ti_pandaboard_es.cfg
1383 icnova_sam9g45_sodimm.cfg topas910.cfg
1384 imx27ads.cfg topasa900.cfg
1385 imx27lnst.cfg twr-k60f120m.cfg
1386 imx28evk.cfg twr-k60n512.cfg
1387 imx31pdk.cfg tx25_stk5.cfg
1388 imx35pdk.cfg tx27_stk5.cfg
1389 imx53loco.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1390 keil_mcb1700.cfg uptech_2410.cfg
1391 keil_mcb2140.cfg verdex.cfg
1392 kwikstik.cfg voipac.cfg
1393 linksys_nslu2.cfg voltcraft_dso-3062c.cfg
1394 lisa-l.cfg x300t.cfg
1395 logicpd_imx27.cfg zy1000.cfg
1396 $
1397 @end example
1398 @item @file{target} ...
1399 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1400 on a chip
1401 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1402 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1403 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1404 the target config file defines all of them.
1405 @example
1406 $ ls target
1407 aduc702x.cfg lpc1763.cfg
1408 am335x.cfg lpc1764.cfg
1409 amdm37x.cfg lpc1765.cfg
1410 ar71xx.cfg lpc1766.cfg
1411 at32ap7000.cfg lpc1767.cfg
1412 at91r40008.cfg lpc1768.cfg
1413 at91rm9200.cfg lpc1769.cfg
1414 at91sam3ax_4x.cfg lpc1788.cfg
1415 at91sam3ax_8x.cfg lpc17xx.cfg
1416 at91sam3ax_xx.cfg lpc1850.cfg
1417 at91sam3nXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg
1418 at91sam3sXX.cfg lpc2124.cfg
1419 at91sam3u1c.cfg lpc2129.cfg
1420 at91sam3u1e.cfg lpc2148.cfg
1421 at91sam3u2c.cfg lpc2294.cfg
1422 at91sam3u2e.cfg lpc2378.cfg
1423 at91sam3u4c.cfg lpc2460.cfg
1424 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc2478.cfg
1425 at91sam3uxx.cfg lpc2900.cfg
1426 at91sam3XXX.cfg lpc2xxx.cfg
1427 at91sam4sd32x.cfg lpc3131.cfg
1428 at91sam4sXX.cfg lpc3250.cfg
1429 at91sam4XXX.cfg lpc4350.cfg
1430 at91sam7se512.cfg lpc4350.cfg.orig
1431 at91sam7sx.cfg mc13224v.cfg
1432 at91sam7x256.cfg nuc910.cfg
1433 at91sam7x512.cfg omap2420.cfg
1434 at91sam9260.cfg omap3530.cfg
1435 at91sam9260_ext_RAM_ext_flash.cfg omap4430.cfg
1436 at91sam9261.cfg omap4460.cfg
1437 at91sam9263.cfg omap5912.cfg
1438 at91sam9.cfg omapl138.cfg
1439 at91sam9g10.cfg pic32mx.cfg
1440 at91sam9g20.cfg pxa255.cfg
1441 at91sam9g45.cfg pxa270.cfg
1442 at91sam9rl.cfg pxa3xx.cfg
1443 atmega128.cfg readme.txt
1444 avr32.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1445 c100.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1446 c100config.tcl samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1447 c100helper.tcl samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1448 c100regs.tcl samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1449 cs351x.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1450 davinci.cfg smp8634.cfg
1451 dragonite.cfg spear3xx.cfg
1452 dsp56321.cfg stellaris.cfg
1453 dsp568013.cfg stellaris_icdi.cfg
1454 dsp568037.cfg stm32f0x_stlink.cfg
1455 efm32_stlink.cfg stm32f1x.cfg
1456 epc9301.cfg stm32f1x_stlink.cfg
1457 faux.cfg stm32f2x.cfg
1458 feroceon.cfg stm32f2x_stlink.cfg
1459 fm3.cfg stm32f3x.cfg
1460 hilscher_netx10.cfg stm32f3x_stlink.cfg
1461 hilscher_netx500.cfg stm32f4x.cfg
1462 hilscher_netx50.cfg stm32f4x_stlink.cfg
1463 icepick.cfg stm32l.cfg
1464 imx21.cfg stm32lx_dual_bank.cfg
1465 imx25.cfg stm32lx_stlink.cfg
1466 imx27.cfg stm32_stlink.cfg
1467 imx28.cfg stm32w108_stlink.cfg
1468 imx31.cfg stm32xl.cfg
1469 imx35.cfg str710.cfg
1470 imx51.cfg str730.cfg
1471 imx53.cfg str750.cfg
1472 imx6.cfg str912.cfg
1473 imx.cfg swj-dp.tcl
1474 is5114.cfg test_reset_syntax_error.cfg
1475 ixp42x.cfg test_syntax_error.cfg
1476 k40.cfg ti-ar7.cfg
1477 k60.cfg ti_calypso.cfg
1478 lpc1751.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1479 lpc1752.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1480 lpc1754.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1481 lpc1756.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1482 lpc1758.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1483 lpc1759.cfg u8500.cfg
1484 @end example
1485 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1486 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1487 @end itemize
1488
1489 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1490 file may override features in any of the above files by
1491 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1492 commands specific to their situation.
1493
1494 @section Interface Config Files
1495
1496 The user config file
1497 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1498
1499 @example
1500 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1501 @end example
1502
1503 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1504 in use today with OpenOCD.
1505 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1506 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1507
1508 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1509 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1510 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's Guide)
1511 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1512 and need to provide a driver for it.
1513
1514 @section Board Config Files
1515 @cindex config file, board
1516 @cindex board config file
1517
1518 The user config file
1519 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1520
1521 @example
1522 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1523 @end example
1524
1525 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1526 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1527 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1528
1529 @enumerate
1530 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1531 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{norconfiguration,,NOR Configuration})
1532 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{nandconfiguration,,NAND Configuration})
1533 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1534 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1535 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1536 @end enumerate
1537
1538 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1539 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1540 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1541 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1542
1543 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1544 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1545 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1546 configuration works.
1547
1548 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1549
1550 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1551 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1552 convention on how to use certain variables.
1553
1554 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but Jim-Tcl does not.
1555 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1556 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1557 used at will within a target configuration file.
1558
1559 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1560 for a board with three chips:
1561
1562 @example
1563 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1564 set CHIPNAME network
1565 set ENDIAN big
1566 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1567 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1568 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1569 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1570
1571 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1572 set CHIPNAME video
1573 set ENDIAN little
1574 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1575 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1576 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1577 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1578
1579 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1580 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1581 unset ENDIAN
1582 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1583 @end example
1584
1585 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1586 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1587 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1588 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1589 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1590 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1591 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1592 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1593
1594 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1595 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1596 naming collisions.
1597
1598 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1599 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1600 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1601 up other clocks and peripherals.
1602
1603 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1604 @cindex variable names
1605
1606 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1607 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1608 one such chip (as shown above).
1609 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1610 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1611 to promote consistency and
1612 so that board files can override target defaults.
1613
1614 Inputs to target config files include:
1615
1616 @itemize @bullet
1617 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1618 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1619 tap identifier dotted names.
1620 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1621 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1622 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1623 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1624 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1625 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1626 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1627 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1628 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1629 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1630 @end itemize
1631
1632 Outputs from target config files include:
1633
1634 @itemize @bullet
1635 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1636 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1637 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1638 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1639 specific to that board and that target.
1640 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1641 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1642 @end itemize
1643
1644 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1645 @cindex event, reset-init
1646 @cindex reset-init handler
1647
1648 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1649 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1650 fully set up yet.
1651 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1652 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1653 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1654 handler is one of the most important.
1655
1656 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1657 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1658 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1659 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1660 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1661
1662 @quotation Note
1663 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1664 are included here.
1665 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1666 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1667 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1668 (@pxref{translatingconfigurationfiles,,Translating Configuration Files}).
1669 @end quotation
1670
1671 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1672 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1673 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1674 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1675 those as parameters.
1676 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1677 and disabling the watchdog.
1678 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1679 the next developer doing such work.
1680 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1681
1682 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1683 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1684 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1685 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1686
1687 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1688
1689 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1690 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1691 a low JTAG clock rate.
1692 @xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.
1693 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1694 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1695 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1696 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1697 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1698 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1699
1700 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1701 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1702 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1703 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1704 which might be less than that.
1705
1706 @quotation Warning
1707 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1708 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1709 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1710 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1711 @end quotation
1712
1713 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1714 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1715 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1716 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1717 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1718 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1719
1720 @anchor{theinitboardprocedure}
1721 @subsection The init_board procedure
1722 @cindex init_board procedure
1723
1724 The concept of @code{init_board} procedure is very similar to @code{init_targets}
1725 (@xref{theinittargetsprocedure,,The init_targets procedure}.) - it's a replacement of ``linear''
1726 configuration scripts. This procedure is meant to be executed when OpenOCD enters run stage
1727 (@xref{enteringtherunstage,,Entering the Run Stage},) after @code{init_targets}. The idea to have
1728 spearate @code{init_targets} and @code{init_board} procedures is to allow the first one to configure
1729 everything target specific (internal flash, internal RAM, etc.) and the second one to configure
1730 everything board specific (reset signals, chip frequency, reset-init event handler, external memory, etc.).
1731 Additionally ``linear'' board config file will most likely fail when target config file uses
1732 @code{init_targets} scheme (``linear'' script is executed before @code{init} and @code{init_targets} - after),
1733 so separating these two configuration stages is very convenient, as the easiest way to overcome this
1734 problem is to convert board config file to use @code{init_board} procedure. Board config scripts don't
1735 need to override @code{init_targets} defined in target config files when they only need to to add some specifics.
1736
1737 Just as @code{init_targets}, the @code{init_board} procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources
1738 the original), allowing greater code reuse.
1739
1740 @example
1741 ### board_file.cfg ###
1742
1743 # source target file that does most of the config in init_targets
1744 source [find target/target.cfg]
1745
1746 proc enable_fast_clock @{@} @{
1747 # enables fast on-board clock source
1748 # configures the chip to use it
1749 @}
1750
1751 # initialize only board specifics - reset, clock, adapter frequency
1752 proc init_board @{@} @{
1753 reset_config trst_and_srst trst_pulls_srst
1754
1755 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-init @{
1756 adapter_khz 1
1757 enable_fast_clock
1758 adapter_khz 10000
1759 @}
1760 @}
1761 @end example
1762
1763 @section Target Config Files
1764 @cindex config file, target
1765 @cindex target config file
1766
1767 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1768 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1769 more target config files like this:
1770
1771 @example
1772 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1773 @end example
1774
1775 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1776 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1777 In summary the target files should contain
1778
1779 @enumerate
1780 @item Set defaults
1781 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1782 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1783 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1784 @item On-Chip flash
1785 @end enumerate
1786
1787 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1788 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1789 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1790
1791 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1792 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1793 can talk to the chip.
1794 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1795 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1796 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1797 and other processing engines.
1798
1799 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1800
1801 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1802 letting board config files express environment-specific
1803 differences in how things should be set up.
1804
1805 @example
1806 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1807 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1808 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1809 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1810 @} else @{
1811 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1812 @}
1813
1814 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1815 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1816 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1817 @} else @{
1818 set _ENDIAN little
1819 @}
1820
1821 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1822 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1823 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1824 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1825 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1826 @} else @{
1827 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1828 @}
1829 @end example
1830 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1831
1832 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1833 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1834 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1835
1836 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1837 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1838 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1839
1840 @example
1841 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1842 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1843 @end example
1844
1845 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1846 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1847 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1848 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1849 for taps.
1850
1851 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1852 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1853 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1854 looks (in part) like this:
1855
1856 @example
1857 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1858 @end example
1859
1860 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1861 to source such a config file twice, with different
1862 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1863 it adds a different TAP each time.
1864
1865 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1866 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1867 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1868 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1869
1870 @example
1871 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1872 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1873 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1874 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1875 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1876 @end example
1877
1878 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1879 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1880
1881 @itemize
1882 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1883 plus a JRC to enable them
1884 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1885 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1886 is not currently used)
1887 @end itemize
1888
1889 @subsection Add CPU targets
1890
1891 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1892 GDB and other commands can use it.
1893 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1894 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1895 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1896 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1897
1898 @example
1899 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1900 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1901 @end example
1902
1903 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1904 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1905 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1906 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1907 a work area if you can.
1908 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1909
1910 @example
1911 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1912 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1913 @end example
1914
1915 @anchor{definecputargetsworkinginsmp}
1916 @subsection Define CPU targets working in SMP
1917 @cindex SMP
1918 After setting targets, you can define a list of targets working in SMP.
1919
1920 @example
1921 set _TARGETNAME_1 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1922 set _TARGETNAME_2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu2
1923 target create $_TARGETNAME_1 cortex_a -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1924 -coreid 0 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG1
1925 target create $_TARGETNAME_2 cortex_a -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1926 -coreid 1 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG2
1927 #define 2 targets working in smp.
1928 target smp $_CHIPNAME.cpu2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1929 @end example
1930 In the above example on cortex_a, 2 cpus are working in SMP.
1931 In SMP only one GDB instance is created and :
1932 @itemize @bullet
1933 @item a set of hardware breakpoint sets the same breakpoint on all targets in the list.
1934 @item halt command triggers the halt of all targets in the list.
1935 @item resume command triggers the write context and the restart of all targets in the list.
1936 @item following a breakpoint: the target stopped by the breakpoint is displayed to the GDB session.
1937 @item dedicated GDB serial protocol packets are implemented for switching/retrieving the target
1938 displayed by the GDB session @pxref{usingopenocdsmpwithgdb,,Using OpenOCD SMP with GDB}.
1939 @end itemize
1940
1941 The SMP behaviour can be disabled/enabled dynamically. On cortex_a following
1942 command have been implemented.
1943 @itemize @bullet
1944 @item cortex_a smp_on : enable SMP mode, behaviour is as described above.
1945 @item cortex_a smp_off : disable SMP mode, the current target is the one
1946 displayed in the GDB session, only this target is now controlled by GDB
1947 session. This behaviour is useful during system boot up.
1948 @item cortex_a smp_gdb : display/fix the core id displayed in GDB session see
1949 following example.
1950 @end itemize
1951
1952 @example
1953 >cortex_a smp_gdb
1954 gdb coreid 0 -> -1
1955 #0 : coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1956 #-> -1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1957 > cortex_a smp_gdb 1
1958 gdb coreid 0 -> 1
1959 #0 :coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1960 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1961 > resume
1962 > cortex_a smp_gdb
1963 gdb coreid 1 -> 1
1964 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB ,
1965 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1966 > cortex_a smp_gdb -1
1967 gdb coreid 1 -> -1
1968 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB,
1969 #->-1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1970 @end example
1971
1972
1973 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1974
1975 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1976 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1977 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1978
1979 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1980 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1981 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1982 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1983 both signals.
1984
1985 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1986 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1987 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1988 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1989 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1990 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1991 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1992 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1993 (For Cortex-M targets, this is not necessary. The target
1994 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1995 not available.)
1996
1997 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1998 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1999 An example might be needing to send some commands right
2000 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
2001 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
2002 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
2003 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
2004 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
2005
2006 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
2007 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
2008 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
2009 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
2010 slower clock than they will use later.
2011 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
2012 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
2013 than they will use later.
2014 @xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.
2015
2016 @quotation Important
2017 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
2018 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
2019 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
2020 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
2021 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
2022 @end quotation
2023
2024 @anchor{theinittargetsprocedure}
2025 @subsection The init_targets procedure
2026 @cindex init_targets procedure
2027
2028 Target config files can either be ``linear'' (script executed line-by-line when parsed in
2029 configuration stage, @xref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage},) or they can contain a special
2030 procedure called @code{init_targets}, which will be executed when entering run stage
2031 (after parsing all config files or after @code{init} command, @xref{enteringtherunstage,,Entering the Run Stage}.)
2032 Such procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources the original).
2033 This concept faciliates code reuse when basic target config files provide generic configuration
2034 procedures and @code{init_targets} procedure, which can then be sourced and enchanced or changed in
2035 a ``more specific'' target config file. This is not possible with ``linear'' config scripts,
2036 because sourcing them executes every initialization commands they provide.
2037
2038 @example
2039 ### generic_file.cfg ###
2040
2041 proc setup_my_chip @{chip_name flash_size ram_size@} @{
2042 # basic initialization procedure ...
2043 @}
2044
2045 proc init_targets @{@} @{
2046 # initializes generic chip with 4kB of flash and 1kB of RAM
2047 setup_my_chip MY_GENERIC_CHIP 4096 1024
2048 @}
2049
2050 ### specific_file.cfg ###
2051
2052 source [find target/generic_file.cfg]
2053
2054 proc init_targets @{@} @{
2055 # initializes specific chip with 128kB of flash and 64kB of RAM
2056 setup_my_chip MY_CHIP_WITH_128K_FLASH_64KB_RAM 131072 65536
2057 @}
2058 @end example
2059
2060 The easiest way to convert ``linear'' config files to @code{init_targets} version is to
2061 enclose every line of ``code'' (i.e. not @code{source} commands, procedures, etc.) in this procedure.
2062
2063 For an example of this scheme see LPC2000 target config files.
2064
2065 The @code{init_boards} procedure is a similar concept concerning board config files
2066 (@xref{theinitboardprocedure,,The init_board procedure}.)
2067
2068 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
2069
2070 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
2071 special high speed download features - enable it.
2072
2073 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
2074
2075 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
2076 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
2077 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
2078 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
2079 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{armhardwaretracing,,ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
2080 If you are using an external trace port,
2081 configure it in your board config file.
2082 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
2083 configure it in your target config file.
2084
2085 @example
2086 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
2087 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
2088 @end example
2089
2090 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
2091
2092 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
2093
2094 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
2095 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
2096 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
2097 the TARGET (chip) file.
2098
2099 Examples:
2100 @itemize @bullet
2101 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
2102 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
2103 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
2104 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
2105 @end itemize
2106
2107 @anchor{translatingconfigurationfiles}
2108 @section Translating Configuration Files
2109 @cindex translation
2110 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
2111 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
2112 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
2113 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
2114 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
2115 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
2116
2117 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
2118 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
2119 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
2120 convert other scripts later on.
2121
2122 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
2123 replace job:
2124
2125 @example
2126 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
2127 #
2128 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
2129 #
2130 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
2131 #
2132 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
2133
2134 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
2135 global TARGETNAME
2136
2137 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
2138
2139 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
2140 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
2141 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
2142 @}
2143 @end example
2144
2145
2146
2147 @node Daemon Configuration
2148 @chapter Daemon Configuration
2149 @cindex initialization
2150 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
2151 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
2152 supported.
2153
2154 @anchor{configurationstage}
2155 @section Configuration Stage
2156 @cindex configuration stage
2157 @cindex config command
2158
2159 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
2160 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
2161 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
2162 Normally, configuration commands are only available
2163 inside startup scripts.
2164
2165 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
2166 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
2167 which may be issued interactively.
2168 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
2169 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
2170
2171 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
2172 flash banks,
2173 the interface used for JTAG communication,
2174 and other basic setup.
2175 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
2176 may access or activate TAPs.
2177 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
2178 longer be issued.
2179
2180 @anchor{enteringtherunstage}
2181 @section Entering the Run Stage
2182
2183 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
2184 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
2185 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2186 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
2187 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
2188 You should see no errors at this point.
2189 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
2190 commands you used to configure the server.
2191 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
2192 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
2193 on the scan chain.
2194
2195 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
2196 become available.
2197 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
2198 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
2199 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
2200 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
2201 entry to the run stage.
2202
2203 @deffn {Config Command} init
2204 This command terminates the configuration stage and
2205 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
2206 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
2207 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
2208 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
2209 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
2210
2211 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
2212 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
2213 configuration files and/or command line options.
2214
2215 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
2216 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
2217 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
2218 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
2219 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
2220 @end deffn
2221
2222 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
2223 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
2224 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2225
2226 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
2227 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
2228 scan chain.
2229 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
2230 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
2231
2232 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2233 they return.
2234 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2235 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2236 @end deffn
2237
2238 @anchor{tcpipports}
2239 @section TCP/IP Ports
2240 @cindex TCP port
2241 @cindex server
2242 @cindex port
2243 @cindex security
2244 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
2245 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
2246 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
2247
2248 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
2249 access using one or more of these ports.
2250 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
2251 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
2252 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
2253
2254 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
2255 @cindex GDB server
2256 Normally gdb listens to a TCP/IP port, but GDB can also
2257 communicate via pipes(stdin/out or named pipes). The name
2258 "gdb_port" stuck because it covers probably more than 90% of
2259 the normal use cases.
2260
2261 No arguments reports GDB port. "pipe" means listen to stdin
2262 output to stdout, an integer is base port number, "disable"
2263 disables the gdb server.
2264
2265 When using "pipe", also use log_output to redirect the log
2266 output to a file so as not to flood the stdin/out pipes.
2267
2268 The -p/--pipe option is deprecated and a warning is printed
2269 as it is equivalent to passing in -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log".
2270
2271 Any other string is interpreted as named pipe to listen to.
2272 Output pipe is the same name as input pipe, but with 'o' appended,
2273 e.g. /var/gdb, /var/gdbo.
2274
2275 The GDB port for the first target will be the base port, the
2276 second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
2277 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2278 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
2279 @end deffn
2280
2281 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
2282 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
2283 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
2284 output from the Tcl engine.
2285 Intended as a machine interface.
2286 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2287 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
2288
2289 @end deffn
2290
2291 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
2292 Specify or query the
2293 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
2294 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
2295 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2296 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
2297 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
2298 @end deffn
2299
2300 @anchor{gdbconfiguration}
2301 @section GDB Configuration
2302 @cindex GDB
2303 @cindex GDB configuration
2304 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
2305 The ones listed here are static and global.
2306 @xref{targetconfiguration,,Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
2307 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
2308
2309 @anchor{gdbbreakpointoverride}
2310 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
2311 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
2312 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
2313 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
2314 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
2315 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
2316 @end deffn
2317
2318 @anchor{gdbflashprogram}
2319 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2320 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
2321 vFlash packet is received.
2322 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2323 @end deffn
2324
2325 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2326 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
2327 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
2328 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
2329 for flash programming to work.
2330 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2331 @xref{gdbflashprogram,,gdb_flash_program}.
2332 @end deffn
2333
2334 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2335 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
2336 by GDB memory read packets.
2337 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
2338 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
2339 @end deffn
2340
2341 @anchor{eventpolling}
2342 @section Event Polling
2343
2344 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
2345 where significant events can happen at any time.
2346 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
2347 so it can report them to through TCL command line
2348 or to GDB.
2349
2350 Examples of such events include:
2351
2352 @itemize
2353 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
2354 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
2355 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
2356 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
2357 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
2358 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2359 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2360 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2361 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2362 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2363 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2364 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2365 @end itemize
2366
2367 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2368 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2369 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2370 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2371 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2372
2373 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2374 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2375 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2376 to the various active targets.
2377 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2378 which is normally done in the background.
2379
2380 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2381 Poll the current target for its current state.
2382 (Also, @pxref{targetcurstate,,target curstate}.)
2383 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2384 specific information about the current state is printed.
2385 An optional parameter
2386 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2387
2388 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2389 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2390 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2391 @example
2392 > poll
2393 background polling: on
2394 target state: halted
2395 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2396 current mode: Supervisor
2397 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2398 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2399 >
2400 @end example
2401 @end deffn
2402
2403 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2404 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2405 @cindex config file, interface
2406 @cindex interface config file
2407
2408 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2409 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2410 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2411
2412 @quotation Note
2413 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2414 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2415 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2416 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2417 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2418 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2419 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2420 @end quotation
2421
2422 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2423 through commands in an interface configuration
2424 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2425 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2426
2427 @example
2428 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2429 @end example
2430
2431 These commands tell
2432 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2433 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2434
2435 @example
2436 # jlink interface
2437 interface jlink
2438 @end example
2439
2440 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2441
2442
2443 @section Interface Configuration
2444
2445 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2446 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2447 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2448
2449 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2450 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2451 target.
2452 @end deffn
2453
2454 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2455 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2456 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2457 @end deffn
2458 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2459 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2460 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2461 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2462 the hardware can support.
2463 @end deffn
2464
2465
2466
2467 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2468 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2469 @end deffn
2470
2471 @section Interface Drivers
2472
2473 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2474 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2475 available at run time.
2476
2477 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2478 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2479 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2480 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2481
2482 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2483 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2484 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2485 @end deffn
2486
2487 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2488 Displays status of RTCK option.
2489 Optionally sets that option first.
2490 @end deffn
2491 @end deffn
2492
2493 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2494 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2495 This has one driver-specific command:
2496
2497 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2498 Logs some status
2499 @end deffn
2500 @end deffn
2501
2502 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2503 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2504 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2505 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2506 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2507 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2508 @end deffn
2509
2510 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2511 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2512 @end deffn
2513
2514 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2515 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2516 @end deffn
2517
2518 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2519 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2520
2521 Note that this driver has several flaws and the @command{ftdi} driver is
2522 recommended as its replacement.
2523
2524 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2525 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2526
2527 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2528 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2529 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2530 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2531 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2532 @end deffn
2533
2534 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2535 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2536 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2537 is connected to the host.
2538 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2539 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2540 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2541 @end deffn
2542
2543 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2544 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2545 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2546 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2547 @itemize @minus
2548 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2549 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2550 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2551 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} TI/Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2552 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2553 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2554 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2555 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2556 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most TI/Luminary
2557 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2558 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2559 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2560 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2561 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2562 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2563 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2564 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2565 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2566 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2567 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2568 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2569 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2570 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2571 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2572 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2573 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2574 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2575 @end itemize
2576 @end deffn
2577
2578 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2579 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2580 default values are used.
2581 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2582 @example
2583 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2584 @end example
2585 @end deffn
2586
2587 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2588 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2589 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2590 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2591 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2592 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2593 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2594 @end deffn
2595
2596 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_channel} channel
2597 Used to select the channel of the ft2232 chip to use (between 1 and 4).
2598 The default value is 1.
2599 @end deffn
2600
2601 For example, the interface config file for a
2602 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2603
2604 @example
2605 interface ft2232
2606 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2607 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2608 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2609 @end example
2610 @end deffn
2611
2612 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ftdi}
2613 This driver is for adapters using the MPSSE (Multi-Protocol Synchronous Serial
2614 Engine) mode built into many FTDI chips, such as the FT2232, FT4232 and FT232H.
2615 It is a complete rewrite to address a large number of problems with the ft2232
2616 interface driver.
2617
2618 The driver is using libusb-1.0 in asynchronous mode to talk to the FTDI device,
2619 bypassing intermediate libraries like libftdi of D2XX. Performance-wise it is
2620 consistently faster than the ft2232 driver, sometimes several times faster.
2621
2622 A major improvement of this driver is that support for new FTDI based adapters
2623 can be added competely through configuration files, without the need to patch
2624 and rebuild OpenOCD.
2625
2626 The driver uses a signal abstraction to enable Tcl configuration files to
2627 define outputs for one or several FTDI GPIO. These outputs can then be
2628 controlled using the @command{ftdi_set_signal} command. Special signal names
2629 are reserved for nTRST, nSRST and LED (for blink) so that they, if defined,
2630 will be used for their customary purpose.
2631
2632 Depending on the type of buffer attached to the FTDI GPIO, the outputs have to
2633 be controlled differently. In order to support tristateable signals such as
2634 nSRST, both a data GPIO and an output-enable GPIO can be specified for each
2635 signal. The following output buffer configurations are supported:
2636
2637 @itemize @minus
2638 @item Push-pull with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted data line
2639 @item Open drain with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted output-enable
2640 @item Tristate with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted data line and another
2641 FTDI output as (non-)inverted output-enable
2642 @item Unbuffered, using the FTDI GPIO as a tristate output directly by
2643 switching data and direction as necessary
2644 @end itemize
2645
2646 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2647 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2648
2649 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2650 The vendor ID and product ID of the adapter. If not specified, the FTDI
2651 default values are used.
2652 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2653 @example
2654 ftdi_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2655 @end example
2656 @end deffn
2657
2658 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_device_desc} description
2659 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2660 of the adapter. If not specified, the device description is ignored
2661 during device selection.
2662 @end deffn
2663
2664 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_serial} serial-number
2665 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the adapter to use,
2666 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one adapter
2667 is connected to the host.
2668 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2669 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2670 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2671 @end deffn
2672
2673 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_channel} channel
2674 Selects the channel of the FTDI device to use for MPSSE operations. Most
2675 adapters use the default, channel 0, but there are exceptions.
2676 @end deffn
2677
2678 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_layout_init} data direction
2679 Specifies the initial values of the FTDI GPIO data and direction registers.
2680 Each value is a 16-bit number corresponding to the concatenation of the high
2681 and low FTDI GPIO registers. The values should be selected based on the
2682 schematics of the adapter, such that all signals are set to safe levels with
2683 minimal impact on the target system. Avoid floating inputs, conflicting outputs
2684 and initially asserted reset signals.
2685 @end deffn
2686
2687 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_layout_signal} name [@option{-data}|@option{-ndata} data_mask] [@option{-oe}|@option{-noe} oe_mask]
2688 Creates a signal with the specified @var{name}, controlled by one or more FTDI
2689 GPIO pins via a range of possible buffer connections. The masks are FTDI GPIO
2690 register bitmasks to tell the driver the connection and type of the output
2691 buffer driving the respective signal. @var{data_mask} is the bitmask for the
2692 pin(s) connected to the data input of the output buffer. @option{-ndata} is
2693 used with inverting data inputs and @option{-data} with non-inverting inputs.
2694 The @option{-oe} (or @option{-noe}) option tells where the output-enable (or
2695 not-output-enable) input to the output buffer is connected.
2696
2697 Both @var{data_mask} and @var{oe_mask} need not be specified. For example, a
2698 simple open-collector transistor driver would be specified with @option{-oe}
2699 only. In that case the signal can only be set to drive low or to Hi-Z and the
2700 driver will complain if the signal is set to drive high. Which means that if
2701 it's a reset signal, @command{reset_config} must be specified as
2702 @option{srst_open_drain}, not @option{srst_push_pull}.
2703
2704 A special case is provided when @option{-data} and @option{-oe} is set to the
2705 same bitmask. Then the FTDI pin is considered being connected straight to the
2706 target without any buffer. The FTDI pin is then switched between output and
2707 input as necessary to provide the full set of low, high and Hi-Z
2708 characteristics. In all other cases, the pins specified in a signal definition
2709 are always driven by the FTDI.
2710 @end deffn
2711
2712 @deffn {Command} {ftdi_set_signal} name @option{0}|@option{1}|@option{z}
2713 Set a previously defined signal to the specified level.
2714 @itemize @minus
2715 @item @option{0}, drive low
2716 @item @option{1}, drive high
2717 @item @option{z}, set to high-impedance
2718 @end itemize
2719 @end deffn
2720
2721 For example adapter definitions, see the configuration files shipped in the
2722 @file{interface/ftdi} directory.
2723 @end deffn
2724
2725 @deffn {Interface Driver} {remote_bitbang}
2726 Drive JTAG from a remote process. This sets up a UNIX or TCP socket connection
2727 with a remote process and sends ASCII encoded bitbang requests to that process
2728 instead of directly driving JTAG.
2729
2730 The remote_bitbang driver is useful for debugging software running on
2731 processors which are being simulated.
2732
2733 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_port} number
2734 Specifies the TCP port of the remote process to connect to or 0 to use UNIX
2735 sockets instead of TCP.
2736 @end deffn
2737
2738 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_host} hostname
2739 Specifies the hostname of the remote process to connect to using TCP, or the
2740 name of the UNIX socket to use if remote_bitbang_port is 0.
2741 @end deffn
2742
2743 For example, to connect remotely via TCP to the host foobar you might have
2744 something like:
2745
2746 @example
2747 interface remote_bitbang
2748 remote_bitbang_port 3335
2749 remote_bitbang_host foobar
2750 @end example
2751
2752 To connect to another process running locally via UNIX sockets with socket
2753 named mysocket:
2754
2755 @example
2756 interface remote_bitbang
2757 remote_bitbang_port 0
2758 remote_bitbang_host mysocket
2759 @end example
2760 @end deffn
2761
2762 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2763 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2764 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2765 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2766
2767 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2768 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2769 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2770 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2771 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2772 @end deffn
2773
2774 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2775 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2776 default values are used.
2777 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2778 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2779 @example
2780 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2781 @end example
2782 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2783 @example
2784 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2785 @end example
2786 @end deffn
2787
2788 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2789 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2790 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2791 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2792
2793 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2794 @example
2795 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2796 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2797 @end example
2798 @end deffn
2799
2800 @end deffn
2801
2802 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2803 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2804 This has one driver-specific command:
2805
2806 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2807 Display either the address of the I/O port
2808 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2809 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2810 This is a write-once setting.
2811 @end deffn
2812 @end deffn
2813
2814 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2815 Segger J-Link family of USB adapters. It currently supports only the JTAG transport.
2816
2817 @quotation Compatibility Note
2818 Segger released many firmware versions for the many harware versions they
2819 produced. OpenOCD was extensively tested and intended to run on all of them,
2820 but some combinations were reported as incompatible. As a general
2821 recommendation, it is advisable to use the latest firmware version
2822 available for each hardware version. However the current V8 is a moving
2823 target, and Segger firmware versions released after the OpenOCD was
2824 released may not be compatible. In such cases it is recommended to
2825 revert to the last known functional version. For 0.5.0, this is from
2826 "Feb 8 2012 14:30:39", packed with 4.42c. For 0.6.0, the last known
2827 version is from "May 3 2012 18:36:22", packed with 4.46f.
2828 @end quotation
2829
2830 @deffn {Command} {jlink caps}
2831 Display the device firmware capabilities.
2832 @end deffn
2833 @deffn {Command} {jlink info}
2834 Display various device information, like hardware version, firmware version, current bus status.
2835 @end deffn
2836 @deffn {Command} {jlink hw_jtag} [@option{2}|@option{3}]
2837 Set the JTAG protocol version to be used. Without argument, show the actual JTAG protocol version.
2838 @end deffn
2839 @deffn {Command} {jlink config}
2840 Display the J-Link configuration.
2841 @end deffn
2842 @deffn {Command} {jlink config kickstart} [val]
2843 Set the Kickstart power on JTAG-pin 19. Without argument, show the Kickstart configuration.
2844 @end deffn
2845 @deffn {Command} {jlink config mac_address} [@option{ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff}]
2846 Set the MAC address of the J-Link Pro. Without argument, show the MAC address.
2847 @end deffn
2848 @deffn {Command} {jlink config ip} [@option{A.B.C.D}(@option{/E}|@option{F.G.H.I})]
2849 Set the IP configuration of the J-Link Pro, where A.B.C.D is the IP address,
2850 E the bit of the subnet mask and
2851 F.G.H.I the subnet mask. Without arguments, show the IP configuration.
2852 @end deffn
2853 @deffn {Command} {jlink config usb_address} [@option{0x00} to @option{0x03} or @option{0xff}]
2854 Set the USB address; this will also change the product id. Without argument, show the USB address.
2855 @end deffn
2856 @deffn {Command} {jlink config reset}
2857 Reset the current configuration.
2858 @end deffn
2859 @deffn {Command} {jlink config save}
2860 Save the current configuration to the internal persistent storage.
2861 @end deffn
2862 @deffn {Config} {jlink pid} val
2863 Set the USB PID of the interface. As a configuration command, it can be used only before 'init'.
2864 @end deffn
2865 @end deffn
2866
2867 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2868 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2869 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2870 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2871 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2872
2873 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2874 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2875 This is a write-once setting.
2876 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2877
2878 @itemize @minus
2879 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2880 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2881 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2882 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2883 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2884 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2885 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2886 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2887 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2888 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2889 some versions of
2890 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2891 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2892 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2893 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2894 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2895 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2896 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2897 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2898 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2899 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2900 @end itemize
2901 @end deffn
2902
2903 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2904 Display either the address of the I/O port
2905 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2906 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2907 This is a write-once setting.
2908
2909 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2910 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2911 you may encounter a problem.
2912 @end deffn
2913
2914 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2915 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2916 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2917 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
2918 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2919 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2920
2921 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2922 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2923 @quotation Tip
2924 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2925 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2926 @example
2927 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2928 > adapter_khz 500
2929 @end example
2930 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2931 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2932 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2933 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2934 large set of samples.
2935 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2936 @example
2937 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2938 @end example
2939 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
2940 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2941
2942 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2943 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2944 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2945 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2946 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2947 @end quotation
2948 @end deffn
2949
2950 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2951 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2952 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2953 @end deffn
2954
2955 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2956 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2957
2958 @example
2959 interface parport
2960 parport_port 0x278
2961 parport_cable wiggler
2962 @end example
2963 @end deffn
2964
2965 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2966 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2967 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2968 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2969 @end deffn
2970 @end deffn
2971
2972 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2973 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2974 @end deffn
2975
2976 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2977 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2978 @end deffn
2979
2980 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2981 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2982
2983 @quotation Note
2984 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2985 which are not currently documented here.
2986 @end quotation
2987 @end deffn
2988
2989 @deffn {Interface Driver} {hla}
2990 This is a driver that supports multiple High Level Adapters.
2991 This type of adapter does not expose some of the lower level api's
2992 that OpenOCD would normally use to access the target.
2993
2994 Currently supported adapters include the ST STLINK and TI ICDI.
2995
2996 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_device_desc} description
2997 Currently Not Supported.
2998 @end deffn
2999
3000 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_serial} serial
3001 Currently Not Supported.
3002 @end deffn
3003
3004 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_layout} (@option{stlink}|@option{icdi})
3005 Specifies the adapter layout to use.
3006 @end deffn
3007
3008 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_vid_pid} vid pid
3009 The vendor ID and product ID of the device.
3010 @end deffn
3011
3012 @deffn {Config Command} {stlink_api} api_level
3013 Manually sets the stlink api used, valid options are 1 or 2. (@b{STLINK Only}).
3014 @end deffn
3015 @end deffn
3016
3017 @deffn {Interface Driver} {opendous}
3018 opendous-jtag is a freely programmable USB adapter.
3019 @end deffn
3020
3021 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ulink}
3022 This is the Keil ULINK v1 JTAG debugger.
3023 @end deffn
3024
3025 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
3026 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
3027 @end deffn
3028
3029 @quotation Note
3030 This defines some driver-specific commands,
3031 which are not currently documented here.
3032 @end quotation
3033
3034 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
3035 Turn power switch to target on/off.
3036 No arguments: print status.
3037 @end deffn
3038
3039 @section Transport Configuration
3040 @cindex Transport
3041 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
3042 and the debug adapter you are using,
3043 several transports may be available to
3044 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
3045 @deffn Command {transport list}
3046 displays the names of the transports supported by this
3047 version of OpenOCD.
3048 @end deffn
3049
3050 @deffn Command {transport select} transport_name
3051 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
3052 The transport must be supported by the debug adapter hardware and by the
3053 version of OPenOCD you are using (including the adapter's driver).
3054 No arguments: returns name of session's selected transport.
3055 @end deffn
3056
3057 @subsection JTAG Transport
3058 @cindex JTAG
3059 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
3060 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
3061 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
3062 each of which must be explicitly declared.
3063 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
3064 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
3065 @subsection SWD Transport
3066 @cindex SWD
3067 @cindex Serial Wire Debug
3068 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
3069 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
3070 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
3071 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
3072 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
3073 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
3074 @deffn Command {swd newdap} ...
3075 Declares a single DAP which uses SWD transport.
3076 Parameters are currently the same as "jtag newtap" but this is
3077 expected to change.
3078 @end deffn
3079 @deffn Command {swd wcr trn prescale}
3080 Updates TRN (turnaraound delay) and prescaling.fields of the
3081 Wire Control Register (WCR).
3082 No parameters: displays current settings.
3083 @end deffn
3084
3085 @subsection SPI Transport
3086 @cindex SPI
3087 @cindex Serial Peripheral Interface
3088 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
3089 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
3090 solution for flash programming.
3091
3092 @anchor{jtagspeed}
3093 @section JTAG Speed
3094 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
3095 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
3096 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
3097 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
3098 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
3099 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
3100 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
3101 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
3102 power management software that may be active.
3103
3104 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
3105 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
3106 target event handler.
3107 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
3108 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
3109 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
3110 sets up those clocks).
3111 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
3112 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
3113 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
3114 in the target config file.
3115 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
3116 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
3117 config file instead.
3118 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
3119 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
3120 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
3121
3122 @example
3123 jtag_rclk 3000
3124 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
3125 @end example
3126
3127 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
3128 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
3129 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
3130 may not be the fastest solution.
3131
3132 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
3133 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
3134 which support adaptive clocking.
3135
3136 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
3137 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
3138 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
3139 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
3140 than the speed specified.
3141
3142 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
3143 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
3144 and is normally less than that peak rate.
3145 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
3146
3147 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
3148 @xref{faqrtck,,FAQ RTCK}.
3149 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
3150 JTAG clocking after setup.
3151 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
3152 If the interface device can not
3153 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
3154 @end deffn
3155
3156 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
3157 @cindex adaptive clocking
3158 @cindex RTCK
3159 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
3160 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
3161 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
3162 @example
3163 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
3164 jtag_rclk 3000
3165 @end example
3166 @end defun
3167
3168 @node Reset Configuration
3169 @chapter Reset Configuration
3170 @cindex Reset Configuration
3171
3172 Every system configuration may require a different reset
3173 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
3174 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
3175 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
3176 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.)
3177 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
3178 Please see the various board files for examples.
3179
3180 @quotation Note
3181 To maintainers and integrators:
3182 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
3183 Normally the board configuration file
3184 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
3185 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
3186
3187 However, the target configuration file could also make note
3188 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
3189 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
3190 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
3191 user configuration file will need to override parts of
3192 the reset configuration provided by other files.
3193 @end quotation
3194
3195 @section Types of Reset
3196
3197 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
3198 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
3199 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
3200
3201 @itemize @bullet
3202 @item
3203 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
3204 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
3205 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
3206 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
3207 @item
3208 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
3209 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
3210 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
3211 device's TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
3212 @item
3213 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
3214 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
3215 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
3216 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
3217 @item
3218 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
3219 several other types of reset.
3220 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
3221 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
3222 There may be individual module resets.
3223 @end itemize
3224
3225 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
3226 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
3227 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
3228 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
3229 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
3230 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
3231 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
3232 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
3233 (@xref{resetcommand,,Reset Command}.)
3234
3235 @anchor{srstandtrstissues}
3236 @section SRST and TRST Issues
3237
3238 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
3239 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
3240 common issues are:
3241
3242 @itemize @bullet
3243
3244 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
3245 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
3246 support such signals even if they are wired up.
3247 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
3248 when either of those signals is not connected.
3249 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
3250 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
3251 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG-level resets can
3252 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
3253
3254 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
3255 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
3256 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
3257 when those signals aren't properly independent.
3258
3259 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
3260 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
3261 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
3262 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
3263 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
3264 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
3265 hardware debouncing.
3266 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
3267 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
3268
3269 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
3270 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
3271 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
3272 to use push/pull output drivers.
3273 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
3274 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
3275 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
3276 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
3277
3278 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
3279 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
3280 issues (not limited to errata).
3281 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
3282 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
3283 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
3284 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
3285 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
3286 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
3287 @end itemize
3288
3289 There can also be other issues.
3290 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
3291 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
3292 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
3293 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
3294 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
3295 Agreement (NDA).
3296
3297 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
3298 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
3299 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
3300
3301 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
3302 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
3303
3304 @section Commands for Handling Resets
3305
3306 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
3307 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3308 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
3309 allowing it to be deasserted.
3310 @end deffn
3311
3312 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
3313 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3314 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3315 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
3316 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
3317 @end deffn
3318
3319 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
3320 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3321 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
3322 allowing it to be deasserted.
3323 @end deffn
3324
3325 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
3326 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3327 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3328 @end deffn
3329
3330 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
3331 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
3332 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
3333 configuration scripts.
3334
3335 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
3336 the command is intended to address (@pxref{srstandtrstissues,,SRST and TRST Issues}).
3337 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
3338 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
3339 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
3340 from a particular combination of interface and board.
3341 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
3342 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
3343
3344 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
3345 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination}, @var{gates},
3346 @var{trst_type}, @var{srst_type} and @var{connect_type}
3347 -- may be specified at a time.
3348 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
3349 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
3350 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
3351 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
3352 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
3353
3354 @itemize
3355 @item
3356 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
3357 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
3358 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
3359 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
3360 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
3361
3362 @quotation Tip
3363 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
3364 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
3365 @end quotation
3366
3367 @item
3368 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
3369 signal implementations.
3370 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
3371 indicating everything behaves normally.
3372 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
3373 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
3374 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
3375 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
3376 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
3377 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
3378 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
3379
3380 @item
3381 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3382 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
3383 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
3384 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
3385 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
3386 while SRST is asserted.
3387 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
3388 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
3389
3390 @item
3391 The @var{connect_type} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3392 SRST is asserted while connecting to the target. @option{srst_nogate}
3393 is required to use this option.
3394 @option{connect_deassert_srst} (default)
3395 indicates that SRST will not be asserted while connecting to the target.
3396 Its converse is @option{connect_assert_srst}, indicating that SRST will
3397 be asserted before any target connection.
3398 Only some targets support this feature, STM32 and STR9 are examples.
3399 This feature is useful if you are unable to connect to your target due
3400 to incorrect options byte config or illegal program execution.
3401 @end itemize
3402
3403 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
3404 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
3405 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
3406 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
3407 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
3408
3409 @itemize
3410 @item
3411 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
3412 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
3413 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
3414 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
3415
3416 @item
3417 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
3418 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
3419 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
3420 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
3421 powerup and pressing a reset button.
3422 @end itemize
3423 @end deffn
3424
3425 @section Custom Reset Handling
3426 @cindex events
3427
3428 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
3429 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
3430 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
3431 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
3432 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
3433 at particular points in the reset sequence.
3434
3435 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
3436 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
3437 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
3438 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
3439 want to reset everything at once.
3440
3441 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
3442 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
3443 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
3444 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
3445 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
3446 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
3447 needs special attention.
3448
3449 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
3450 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
3451 to find a sequence of operations that works.
3452 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
3453 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
3454 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
3455 (@pxref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage});
3456 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
3457
3458 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
3459 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
3460 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
3461 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
3462 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
3463
3464 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
3465 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
3466 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
3467 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
3468 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
3469 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
3470 low level reset command (@option{halt},
3471 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
3472 or potentially some other value.
3473
3474 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
3475 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
3476 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
3477 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
3478 (or their associated targets)
3479 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
3480
3481 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
3482 they return.
3483 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
3484 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
3485 @end deffn
3486
3487 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
3488 This validates the scan chain using just the four
3489 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
3490 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
3491 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
3492 matches the TAPs it can observe.
3493 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
3494 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
3495 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
3496 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
3497 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
3498 @end deffn
3499
3500 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
3501 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
3502 everything on the JTAG scan chain
3503 (and anything else connected to SRST).
3504 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
3505 @end deffn
3506
3507
3508 @node TAP Declaration
3509 @chapter TAP Declaration
3510 @cindex TAP declaration
3511 @cindex TAP configuration
3512
3513 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
3514 TAPs serve many roles, including:
3515
3516 @itemize @bullet
3517 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
3518 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
3519 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
3520 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
3521 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
3522 start running that code.
3523 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
3524 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
3525 and missing connections
3526 @end itemize
3527
3528 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
3529 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
3530 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
3531 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
3532 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
3533
3534 @section Scan Chains
3535 @cindex scan chain
3536
3537 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
3538 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
3539 They also need to be added to
3540 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
3541 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
3542 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
3543 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
3544 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
3545 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
3546 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
3547 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
3548
3549 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
3550 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
3551 command, presented in the next chapter.
3552 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
3553 debugging targets.)
3554 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
3555
3556 @verbatim
3557 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
3558 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
3559 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
3560 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
3561 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
3562 @end verbatim
3563
3564 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
3565 of it. @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
3566 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
3567 because not all devices provide good support for that.
3568 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
3569 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
3570 until they are told to do so.
3571
3572 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
3573 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
3574 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
3575 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
3576
3577 @example
3578 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
3579 @end example
3580
3581 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
3582 by a given chip.
3583 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
3584 and so forth.
3585 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
3586 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
3587 a single chip and between them.
3588 @xref{faqtaporder,,FAQ TAP Order}.
3589
3590 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
3591 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
3592 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
3593 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
3594 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
3595 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
3596 includes commands something like this:
3597
3598 @example
3599 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
3600 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
3601 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
3602 @end example
3603
3604 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
3605 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
3606 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
3607
3608 @deffn Command {jtag names}
3609 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
3610 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
3611 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
3612 @example
3613 foreach t [jtag names] @{
3614 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
3615 @}
3616 @end example
3617 @end deffn
3618
3619 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
3620 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
3621 and their status.
3622 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
3623 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
3624 but systems with a JTAG router can
3625 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
3626 @end deffn
3627
3628 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3629 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3630
3631 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3632 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3633
3634 @section TAP Names
3635 @cindex dotted name
3636
3637 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3638 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3639 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3640 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3641 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3642 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3643 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3644 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3645
3646 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3647 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3648 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3649
3650 @quotation Tip
3651 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
3652 This feature is still present.
3653 However its use is highly discouraged, and
3654 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
3655 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
3656 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
3657 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
3658 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
3659 @end quotation
3660
3661 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3662
3663 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3664 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3665 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3666 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3667
3668 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3669 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3670 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3671 overridable.
3672
3673 @cindex TAP naming convention
3674 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3675 and should follow this convention:
3676
3677 @itemize @bullet
3678 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
3679 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3680 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3681 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
3682 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3683 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3684 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
3685 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3686 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
3687 with a single TAP;
3688 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3689 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3690 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3691 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3692 @end itemize
3693
3694 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3695
3696 @itemize @bullet
3697 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3698 @*The length in bits of the
3699 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3700 @end itemize
3701
3702 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3703
3704 @itemize @bullet
3705 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3706 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3707 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3708 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3709 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3710 (the TAP is linked in).
3711 @xref{enablinganddisablingtaps,,Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3712 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
3713 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3714 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3715 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3716 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3717 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3718 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3719 values that were found but not included in the list.
3720
3721 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3722 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3723 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3724 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3725 hardware to find these values.
3726 @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
3727 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3728 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3729 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3730 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3731 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3732 the various chip IDs. The version field is defined as bit 28-31 of the IDCODE.
3733 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3734 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3735 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3736 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3737 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3738 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3739 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
3740 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3741 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3742 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3743 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3744 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3745 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3746 @end itemize
3747 @end deffn
3748
3749 @section Other TAP commands
3750
3751 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3752 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3753 At this writing this TAP attribute
3754 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3755 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3756 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3757 See the next section for information about the available events.
3758
3759 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3760 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3761 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3762 @end deffn
3763
3764 @section TAP Events
3765 @cindex events
3766 @cindex TAP events
3767
3768 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3769 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3770 The other applies to debugger targets,
3771 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3772
3773 The TAP events currently defined are:
3774
3775 @itemize @bullet
3776 @item @b{post-reset}
3777 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3778 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3779 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3780 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3781 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3782
3783 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3784 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3785 of any particular target.
3786 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3787 @item @b{setup}
3788 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3789 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3790 @item @b{tap-disable}
3791 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3792 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3793 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3794 @item @b{tap-enable}
3795 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3796 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3797 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3798 @end itemize
3799
3800 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3801 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3802 contents to be accurate), you might:
3803
3804 @example
3805 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3806 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3807 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3808 @}
3809 @end example
3810
3811
3812 @anchor{enablinganddisablingtaps}
3813 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3814 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3815 @cindex jrc
3816
3817 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3818 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3819 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3820 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3821 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3822
3823 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3824 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3825 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3826 be visible.
3827 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3828 ignores, such as:
3829
3830 @itemize
3831 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3832 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3833 TAPs receive new instructions.
3834 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3835 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3836 @end itemize
3837
3838 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3839 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3840 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3841 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3842
3843 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3844 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3845
3846 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3847 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3848 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3849 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3850 should define TAP event handlers using
3851 code that looks something like this:
3852
3853 @example
3854 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3855 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3856 @}
3857 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3858 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3859 @}
3860 @end example
3861
3862 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3863
3864 @example
3865 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3866 @end example
3867
3868 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3869 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3870 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3871 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3872
3873 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3874 If necessary, disables the tap
3875 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3876 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3877 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3878 and "0" if it is disabled.
3879 @end deffn
3880
3881 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3882 If necessary, enables the tap
3883 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3884 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3885 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3886 and "0" if it is disabled.
3887 @end deffn
3888
3889 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3890 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3891 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3892 and "0" if it is disabled.
3893
3894 @quotation Note
3895 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3896 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3897 @end quotation
3898 @end deffn
3899
3900 @anchor{autoprobing}
3901 @section Autoprobing
3902 @cindex autoprobe
3903 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3904
3905 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3906 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3907 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3908 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3909
3910 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3911 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3912 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3913 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3914 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3915 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3916 right when they come out of reset).
3917
3918 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3919
3920 @example
3921 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3922 reset_config trst_and_srst
3923 jtag_rclk 8
3924 @end example
3925
3926 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3927 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3928
3929 @enumerate
3930 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3931 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3932 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3933 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3934 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3935 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3936 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3937 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3938 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3939 that is discovered.
3940 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3941 register, it will report it.
3942 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3943 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3944 @end enumerate
3945
3946 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3947 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3948 that's a bit more complex:
3949
3950 @example
3951 clock speed 8 kHz
3952 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3953 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3954 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3955 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3956 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3957 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3958 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3959 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3960 @end example
3961
3962 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3963 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3964 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3965 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3966 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3967 and so forth.
3968
3969 @node CPU Configuration
3970 @chapter CPU Configuration
3971 @cindex GDB target
3972
3973 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3974 You can also access these targets without GDB
3975 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3976 and @ref{targetstatehandling,,Target State handling}) and
3977 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3978 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3979
3980 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3981 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3982
3983 @section Target List
3984 @cindex target, current
3985 @cindex target, list
3986
3987 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3988 where each member has a name.
3989 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3990 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3991 (plural!) command.
3992 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3993 look like with more than one:
3994 @verbatim
3995 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3996 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3997 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3998 1 MyTarget cortex_m little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3999 @end verbatim
4000
4001 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
4002 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
4003 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
4004 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
4005 space seen by that current target.
4006 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
4007 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
4008 are examples; and there are many more.
4009
4010 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
4011
4012 @deffn Command {target count}
4013 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
4014 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
4015 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
4016
4017 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
4018 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
4019 @example
4020 set c [target count]
4021 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
4022 # Assuming you have created this function
4023 print_target_details $x
4024 @}
4025 @end example
4026 @end deffn
4027
4028 @deffn Command {target current}
4029 Returns the name of the current target.
4030 @end deffn
4031
4032 @deffn Command {target names}
4033 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
4034 @example
4035 foreach t [target names] @{
4036 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
4037 @}
4038 @end example
4039 @end deffn
4040
4041 @deffn Command {target number} number
4042 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
4043 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
4044
4045 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
4046 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
4047 @example
4048 set thename [target number $x]
4049 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
4050 @end example
4051 @end deffn
4052
4053 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
4054 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
4055
4056 @deffn Command targets [name]
4057 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
4058 command names are singular.}
4059
4060 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
4061 targets in a user friendly form.
4062
4063 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
4064 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
4065 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
4066 @end deffn
4067
4068 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
4069 @cindex target type
4070 @cindex CPU type
4071 @cindex CPU variant
4072
4073 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
4074 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
4075 when calling @command{target create}.
4076 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
4077 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
4078 what kind of debug support it integrates,
4079 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
4080 what core-specific commands may be available
4081 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
4082 and more.
4083
4084 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
4085 indicate differences that affect their handling.
4086 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
4087 worked around in some chip versions.
4088
4089 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
4090 since there's a command to list them.
4091 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
4092 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
4093
4094 @anchor{targettypes}
4095 @deffn Command {target types}
4096 Lists all supported target types.
4097 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
4098
4099 @itemize @bullet
4100 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
4101 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
4102 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
4103 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
4104 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
4105 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
4106 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
4107 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
4108 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
4109 @item @code{cortex_a} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
4110 @item @code{cortex_m} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
4111 compact Thumb2 instruction set.
4112 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
4113 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
4114 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
4115 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
4116 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
4117 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
4118 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
4119 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
4120 There are several variants defined:
4121 @itemize @minus
4122 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
4123 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
4124 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
4125 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
4126 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
4127 @end itemize
4128 @end itemize
4129 @end deffn
4130
4131 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
4132 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
4133 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
4134 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
4135 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
4136 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
4137 reflect design generations;
4138 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
4139 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
4140
4141 @anchor{targetconfiguration}
4142 @section Target Configuration
4143
4144 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
4145 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
4146 which is used to set up the CPU support.
4147 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
4148 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
4149
4150 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
4151 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
4152 optional parts.
4153 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
4154 command, created as part of target creation.
4155
4156 The two main things to configure after target creation are
4157 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
4158 if the board setup code overrides them later;
4159 and event handlers (@pxref{targetevents,,Target Events}), which tend
4160 to be much more board-specific.
4161 The key steps you use might look something like this
4162
4163 @example
4164 target create MyTarget cortex_m -chain-position mychip.cpu
4165 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
4166 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
4167 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
4168 @end example
4169
4170 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
4171 on-chip SRAM.
4172 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
4173 writes to target memory;
4174 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
4175 GDB memory checksumming;
4176 and more.
4177
4178 @quotation Warning
4179 On more complex chips, the work area can become
4180 inaccessible when application code
4181 (such as an operating system)
4182 enables or disables the MMU.
4183 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
4184 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
4185 easy access to other addresses needed.
4186 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
4187 @end quotation
4188
4189 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
4190 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
4191 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
4192 controllers.
4193 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
4194 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
4195 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
4196
4197 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
4198 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
4199 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
4200 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
4201 purposes including additional configuration.
4202
4203 @itemize @bullet
4204 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
4205 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
4206 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
4207 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
4208
4209 This name is also used to create the target object command,
4210 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
4211 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
4212 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{targettypes,,target types}.
4213 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
4214 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
4215 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
4216 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
4217
4218 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
4219 @end itemize
4220 @end deffn
4221
4222 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
4223 The options accepted by this command may also be
4224 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
4225 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
4226 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
4227
4228 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
4229 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
4230 and changing its endianness or variant.
4231
4232 @itemize @bullet
4233
4234 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
4235 used to access this target.
4236
4237 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
4238 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
4239
4240 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
4241 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
4242 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
4243 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
4244 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
4245 same event name assigns only one handler.
4246
4247 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
4248 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
4249
4250 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
4251 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
4252 @emph{it is not backed up.}
4253 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
4254 since performing a backup slows down operations.
4255 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
4256 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
4257
4258 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
4259 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
4260 or virtual address is being used.
4261
4262 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
4263 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
4264
4265 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
4266 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
4267 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
4268 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
4269 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
4270
4271 @item @code{-rtos} @var{rtos_type} -- enable rtos support for target,
4272 @var{rtos_type} can be one of @option{auto}|@option{eCos}|@option{ThreadX}|
4273 @option{FreeRTOS}|@option{linux}|@option{ChibiOS}.
4274
4275 @end itemize
4276 @end deffn
4277
4278 @section Other $target_name Commands
4279 @cindex object command
4280
4281 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
4282 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
4283
4284 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
4285 Once a button is created a button
4286 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
4287 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
4288 configure it like this:
4289
4290 @example
4291 # Create
4292 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
4293 # Modify
4294 .foobar configure -foreground blue
4295 # Query
4296 set x [.foobar cget -background]
4297 # Report
4298 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
4299 @end example
4300
4301 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
4302 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
4303
4304 @example
4305 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
4306 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
4307 @end example
4308
4309 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
4310
4311 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
4312 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
4313 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
4314 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
4315 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
4316 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
4317 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
4318 They are not otherwise documented here.
4319 @end deffn
4320
4321 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
4322 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
4323 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
4324 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
4325 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
4326 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
4327 the target side uses raw memory.
4328
4329 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
4330 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
4331 The script orientation comes from working with data
4332 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
4333 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
4334 and neither store nor return those values.
4335
4336 @itemize
4337 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
4338 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
4339 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
4340 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
4341 @end itemize
4342 @end deffn
4343
4344 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
4345 Each configuration parameter accepted by
4346 @command{$target_name configure}
4347 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
4348 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
4349 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
4350 There are a few special cases:
4351
4352 @itemize @bullet
4353 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
4354 event named @var{event_name}.
4355 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
4356 two parameters.
4357 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
4358 This is a special case because this is set using
4359 @command{target create} and can't be changed
4360 using @command{$target_name configure}.
4361 @end itemize
4362
4363 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
4364 all the targets you might use something like this:
4365
4366 @example
4367 foreach name [target names] @{
4368 set y [$name cget -endian]
4369 set z [$name cget -type]
4370 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
4371 $x $name $y $z]
4372 @}
4373 @end example
4374 @end deffn
4375
4376 @anchor{targetcurstate}
4377 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
4378 Displays the current target state:
4379 @code{debug-running},
4380 @code{halted},
4381 @code{reset},
4382 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
4383 (Also, @pxref{eventpolling,,Event Polling}.)
4384 @end deffn
4385
4386 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
4387 Displays a table listing all event handlers
4388 currently associated with this target.
4389 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
4390 @end deffn
4391
4392 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
4393 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
4394 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
4395 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
4396 @end deffn
4397
4398 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
4399 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
4400 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
4401 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
4402 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
4403 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
4404 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
4405 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
4406 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
4407 @end deffn
4408
4409 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
4410 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
4411 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
4412 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4413 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4414 at the specified address @var{addr}.
4415 @end deffn
4416
4417 @anchor{targetevents}
4418 @section Target Events
4419 @cindex target events
4420 @cindex events
4421 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
4422 For example:
4423 @itemize @bullet
4424 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
4425 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
4426 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
4427 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
4428 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
4429 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
4430 to set up system clocks or
4431 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
4432 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
4433 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
4434 @end itemize
4435
4436 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
4437 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
4438 @command{target create ... -event}.
4439
4440 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
4441 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
4442 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
4443
4444 @example
4445 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
4446 echo "Reset..."
4447 reset halt
4448 @}
4449 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
4450 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
4451 echo "Reset..."
4452 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
4453 reset init
4454 @}
4455 @end example
4456
4457 The following target events are defined:
4458
4459 @itemize @bullet
4460 @item @b{debug-halted}
4461 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
4462 @item @b{debug-resumed}
4463 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
4464 @item @b{early-halted}
4465 @* Occurs early in the halt process
4466 @item @b{examine-start}
4467 @* Before target examine is called.
4468 @item @b{examine-end}
4469 @* After target examine is called with no errors.
4470 @item @b{gdb-attach}
4471 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
4472 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
4473 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
4474 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
4475 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
4476 @item @b{gdb-detach}
4477 @* When GDB disconnects
4478 @item @b{gdb-end}
4479 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
4480 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
4481 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
4482 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
4483 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
4484 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
4485 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
4486 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
4487 @* After GDB writes to the flash
4488 @item @b{gdb-start}
4489 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
4490 @item @b{halted}
4491 @* The target has halted
4492 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
4493 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4494 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
4495 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
4496 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
4497 @item @b{reset-assert}
4498 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4499 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
4500 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
4501 it instead of asserting SRST.
4502 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
4503 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
4504 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
4505 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
4506 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4507 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
4508 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
4509 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
4510 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4511 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
4512 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
4513 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4514 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
4515 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
4516 released on the scan chain.
4517 @item @b{reset-end}
4518 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
4519 @ignore
4520 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
4521 @* Currently not used
4522 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
4523 @* Currently not used
4524 @end ignore
4525 @item @b{reset-init}
4526 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
4527 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
4528
4529 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
4530 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
4531 multiplexing, and so on.
4532 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
4533 the target clocks are fully set up.)
4534 @item @b{reset-start}
4535 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4536 before @command{reset_init} is called.
4537
4538 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
4539 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
4540 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
4541 @ignore
4542 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
4543 @* Currently not used
4544 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
4545 @* Currently not used
4546 @end ignore
4547 @item @b{resume-start}
4548 @* Before any target is resumed
4549 @item @b{resume-end}
4550 @* After all targets have resumed
4551 @item @b{resumed}
4552 @* Target has resumed
4553 @end itemize
4554
4555 @node Flash Commands
4556 @chapter Flash Commands
4557
4558 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
4559 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
4560 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
4561 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
4562 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
4563 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
4564 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
4565 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
4566 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
4567
4568 Flash Steps:
4569 @enumerate
4570 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
4571 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4572 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
4573 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
4574 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4575 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
4576 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
4577 @item GDB Flashing
4578 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
4579 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
4580 @xref{gdbconfiguration,,GDB Configuration}.
4581 @end enumerate
4582
4583 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
4584 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
4585 so that it can't boot.
4586 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
4587 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
4588
4589 @anchor{norconfiguration}
4590 @section Flash Configuration Commands
4591 @cindex flash configuration
4592
4593 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
4594 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
4595 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
4596 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
4597 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
4598 see the driver-specific documentation.
4599
4600 @itemize @bullet
4601 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
4602 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
4603 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
4604 associated with the flash bank being declared.
4605 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
4606 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
4607 @xref{flashdriverlist,,Flash Driver List}.
4608 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
4609 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
4610 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
4611 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4612 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4613 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4614 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4615 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4616 commands to the flash controller.
4617 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4618 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4619 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4620 for more information.
4621 @end itemize
4622 @quotation Note
4623 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4624 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4625 @end quotation
4626 @end deffn
4627
4628 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4629 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4630 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4631 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4632 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4633 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4634 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4635 @end deffn
4636
4637 @deffn Command {flash list}
4638 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4639 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4640 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4641 @end deffn
4642
4643 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4644 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4645 depends on the flash type.
4646 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4647 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4648 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4649 but most don't bother.
4650 @end deffn
4651
4652 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4653 @cindex flash erasing
4654 @cindex flash reading
4655 @cindex flash writing
4656 @cindex flash programming
4657 @anchor{flashprogrammingcommands}
4658
4659 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4660 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4661 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4662 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4663 @xref{memoryaccess,,Memory access}, and @ref{imageaccess,,Image access}.
4664
4665 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4666 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4667 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4668 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4669 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4670
4671 @quotation Note
4672 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4673 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4674 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4675 back to a flash bank.
4676 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4677 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4678 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4679 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4680 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4681 @end quotation
4682
4683 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4684 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4685 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4686 disabled first.
4687 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4688 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4689 @xref{flashprotect,,flash protect}.
4690
4691 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4692 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4693 up to and including @var{last}.
4694 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4695 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4696 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4697 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4698 @end deffn
4699
4700 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4701 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4702 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4703 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4704 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4705 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4706 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4707 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4708 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4709 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4710 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4711 before erase starts.
4712 @end deffn
4713
4714 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4715 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4716 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4717 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4718 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4719 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4720 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4721 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4722 before issuing this command.
4723 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4724 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4725 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4726 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4727 @end deffn
4728 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4729
4730 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4731 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4732 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4733 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4734 @end deffn
4735
4736 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4737 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4738 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4739 to the base address for each section in the image.
4740 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4741 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4742 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4743 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4744 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4745 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4746 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4747 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4748 each image section.
4749
4750 @quotation Warning
4751 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4752 data you want to preserve.
4753 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4754 sections might be erased with no notice.
4755 @itemize
4756 @item
4757 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4758 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4759 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4760 @item
4761 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4762 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4763 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4764 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4765 @end itemize
4766 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4767 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4768 @end quotation
4769
4770 @end deffn
4771
4772 @section Other Flash commands
4773 @cindex flash protection
4774
4775 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4776 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4777 and display that status.
4778 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4779 @end deffn
4780
4781 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4782 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4783 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4784 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4785 and possibly stale information.
4786 @end deffn
4787
4788 @anchor{flashprotect}
4789 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4790 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4791 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4792 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4793 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4794 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4795 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4796 @end deffn
4797
4798 @anchor{program}
4799 @deffn Command {program} filename [verify] [reset] [offset]
4800 This is a helper script that simplifies using OpenOCD as a standalone
4801 programmer. The only required parameter is @option{filename}, the others are optional.
4802 @xref{Flash Programming}.
4803 @end deffn
4804
4805 @anchor{flashdriverlist}
4806 @section Flash Driver List
4807 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4808 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4809 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4810
4811 @subsection External Flash
4812
4813 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4814 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4815 @cindex CFI
4816 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4817 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4818 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4819 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4820 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4821 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4822 configure a bus and its timings), or
4823 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4824 on the flash chip.
4825 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4826 speed up operation.
4827
4828 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4829
4830 @itemize
4831 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4832 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4833 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4834 @end itemize
4835
4836 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4837 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4838
4839 @example
4840 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4841 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4842 @end example
4843
4844 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4845 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4846 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4847
4848 @example
4849 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4850 @end example
4851
4852 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4853 @end deffn
4854
4855 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpcspifi
4856 @cindex NXP SPI Flash Interface
4857 @cindex SPIFI
4858 @cindex lpcspifi
4859 NXP's LPC43xx and LPC18xx families include a proprietary SPI
4860 Flash Interface (SPIFI) peripheral that can drive and provide
4861 memory mapped access to external SPI flash devices.
4862
4863 The lpcspifi driver initializes this interface and provides
4864 program and erase functionality for these serial flash devices.
4865 Use of this driver @b{requires} a working area of at least 1kB
4866 to be configured on the target device; more than this will
4867 significantly reduce flash programming times.
4868
4869 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter. All
4870 other parameters are ignored, and the flash size and layout
4871 are configured by the driver.
4872
4873 @example
4874 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpcspifi 0x14000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4875 @end example
4876
4877 @end deffn
4878
4879 @deffn {Flash Driver} stmsmi
4880 @cindex STMicroelectronics Serial Memory Interface
4881 @cindex SMI
4882 @cindex stmsmi
4883 Some devices form STMicroelectronics (e.g. STR75x MCU family,
4884 SPEAr MPU family) include a proprietary
4885 ``Serial Memory Interface'' (SMI) controller able to drive external
4886 SPI flash devices.
4887 Depending on specific device and board configuration, up to 4 external
4888 flash devices can be connected.
4889
4890 SMI makes the flash content directly accessible in the CPU address
4891 space; each external device is mapped in a memory bank.
4892 CPU can directly read data, execute code and boot from SMI banks.
4893 Normal OpenOCD commands like @command{mdw} can be used to display
4894 the flash content.
4895
4896 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter in order
4897 to identify the memory bank.
4898 All other parameters are ignored. Additional information, like
4899 flash size, are detected automatically.
4900
4901 @example
4902 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stmsmi 0xf8000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4903 @end example
4904
4905 @end deffn
4906
4907 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4908
4909 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4910 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4911 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4912 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4913 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4914 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4915
4916 @example
4917 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4918 @end example
4919 @end deffn
4920
4921 @anchor{at91sam3}
4922 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4923 @cindex at91sam3
4924 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4925 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4926 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4927 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4928 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4929 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4930 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4931 chips are confirmed.}
4932
4933 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4934 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4935 the following fixed locations:
4936
4937 @example
4938 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4939 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4940 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4941 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4942 @end example
4943
4944 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4945 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4946 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4947
4948 @itemize
4949 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4950 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4951 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4952 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4953 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4954 @end itemize
4955
4956 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4957
4958 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4959 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4960 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4961 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4962 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4963 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4964 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4965
4966 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4967 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4968 @end deffn
4969
4970 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4971 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4972 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4973 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4974 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4975 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4976 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4977 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4978 @end deffn
4979
4980 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4981 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4982 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4983 @end deffn
4984 @end deffn
4985
4986 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam4
4987 @cindex at91sam4
4988 All members of the AT91SAM4 microcontroller family from
4989 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M4 core.
4990 This driver uses the same cmd names/syntax as @xref{at91sam3}.
4991 @end deffn
4992
4993 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4994 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4995 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4996 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4997 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4998
4999 @example
5000 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5001 @end example
5002
5003 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
5004 provide additional parameters in the following order:
5005
5006 @itemize
5007 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
5008 @item @var{banks}
5009 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
5010 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
5011 @item @var{pages_size}
5012 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
5013 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
5014 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
5015 @end itemize
5016
5017 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
5018 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
5019 will be autoconfigured.
5020 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
5021
5022 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
5023 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
5024 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
5025 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
5026 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
5027
5028 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
5029 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
5030 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
5031 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
5032 are not truly general purpose).
5033 @quotation Note
5034 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
5035 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
5036 @end quotation
5037 @end deffn
5038 @end deffn
5039
5040 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
5041 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
5042 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
5043 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
5044 @end deffn
5045
5046 @deffn {Flash Driver} efm32
5047 All members of the EFM32 microcontroller family from Energy Micro include
5048 internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores. The driver automatically recognizes
5049 a number of these chips using the chip identification register, and
5050 autoconfigures itself.
5051 @example
5052 flash bank $_FLASHNAME efm32 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5053 @end example
5054 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete. Unprotecting flash pages is not
5055 supported.}
5056 @end deffn
5057
5058 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
5059 Most members of the LPC1700, LPC1800, LPC2000 and LPC4300 microcontroller
5060 families from NXP include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700, LPC1800),
5061 Cortex-M4 (LPC4300) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
5062
5063 @quotation Note
5064 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
5065 driver:
5066 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
5067 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
5068 @end quotation
5069
5070 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
5071 which must appear in the following order:
5072
5073 @itemize
5074 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
5075 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
5076 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
5077 @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
5078 or @option{lpc4300} - available also as @option{lpc1800} alias (LPC18x[2357] and
5079 LPC43x[2357])
5080 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
5081 at which the core is running
5082 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
5083 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
5084 @quotation Note
5085 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
5086 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
5087 However, if you do provide it,
5088 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
5089 @end quotation
5090 @end itemize
5091
5092 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5093
5094 @example
5095 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
5096 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
5097 @end example
5098
5099 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
5100 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
5101 the specified flash @var{bank}.
5102 @end deffn
5103 @end deffn
5104
5105 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
5106 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
5107 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
5108 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
5109 the programming clock rate in Hz.
5110 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5111
5112 @example
5113 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
5114 @end example
5115 @end deffn
5116
5117 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
5118 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
5119 from NXP.
5120
5121 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
5122 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
5123 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
5124 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
5125 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
5126 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
5127 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
5128 you start the PLL.
5129
5130 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
5131
5132 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
5133 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
5134 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
5135
5136 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
5137 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
5138 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
5139 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
5140 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
5141 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
5142 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
5143
5144 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
5145 @example
5146 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
5147 @end example
5148
5149 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
5150 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
5151 @code{flash banks} command.
5152
5153 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
5154 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
5155 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
5156 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
5157 a known signature.
5158 Example:
5159 @example
5160 lpc2900 signature 0
5161 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
5162 @end example
5163 @end deffn
5164
5165 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
5166 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
5167 saves it to a file in binary format.
5168 Example:
5169 @example
5170 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
5171 @end example
5172 @end deffn
5173
5174 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
5175 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
5176 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
5177 command:
5178
5179 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
5180 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
5181 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
5182 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
5183
5184 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
5185 Example:
5186 @example
5187 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
5188 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
5189 @end example
5190 @end deffn
5191
5192 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
5193 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
5194 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
5195 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
5196 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
5197 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
5198 912 bytes.
5199 @quotation Attention
5200 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5201 @end quotation
5202 Example:
5203 @example
5204 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
5205 @end example
5206 @end deffn
5207
5208 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
5209 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
5210 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
5211 after the next power cycle.
5212 @quotation Attention
5213 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5214 @end quotation
5215 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
5216 Example:
5217 @example
5218 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
5219 flash info 0
5220 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
5221 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
5222 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
5223 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
5224 @end example
5225 @end deffn
5226
5227 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
5228 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
5229 effective after the next power cycle.
5230 @quotation Attention
5231 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5232 @end quotation
5233 Examples:
5234 @example
5235 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
5236 @end example
5237 @end deffn
5238 @end deffn
5239
5240 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
5241 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
5242
5243 @example
5244 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5245 @end example
5246 @end deffn
5247
5248 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
5249 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
5250 and integrate flash memory.
5251
5252 @example
5253 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5254 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5255 @end example
5256
5257 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
5258 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
5259 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
5260 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
5261 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
5262 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
5263 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
5264 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
5265 @end deffn
5266 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
5267 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
5268 This will remove any Code Protection.
5269 @end deffn
5270 @end deffn
5271
5272 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
5273 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
5274 Texas Instruments
5275 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5276 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5277 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5278 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
5279 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
5280 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
5281
5282 @example
5283 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5284 @end example
5285
5286 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
5287 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
5288 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
5289 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
5290 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
5291 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
5292
5293 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
5294 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
5295 @quotation Warning
5296 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
5297 applied to all of them.
5298 @end quotation
5299 @end deffn
5300 @end deffn
5301
5302 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f1x
5303 All members of the STM32F0, STM32F1 and STM32F3 microcontroller families
5304 from ST Microelectronics include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M0/M3/M4 cores.
5305 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5306 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5307
5308 @example
5309 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5310 @end example
5311
5312 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5313 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5314 the flash driver.
5315
5316 @example
5317 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5318 @end example
5319
5320 If you have a target with dual flash banks then define the second bank
5321 as per the following example.
5322 @example
5323 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0x08080000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5324 @end example
5325
5326 Some stm32f1x-specific commands
5327 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32f1x mass_erase} command.
5328 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
5329 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
5330 are defined:
5331
5332 @deffn Command {stm32f1x lock} num
5333 Locks the entire stm32 device.
5334 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5335 @end deffn
5336
5337 @deffn Command {stm32f1x unlock} num
5338 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
5339 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5340 @end deffn
5341
5342 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_read} num
5343 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
5344 the @command{stm32f1x options_write} command.
5345 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5346 @end deffn
5347
5348 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
5349 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
5350 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5351 @end deffn
5352 @end deffn
5353
5354 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f2x
5355 All members of the STM32F2 and STM32F4 microcontroller families from ST Microelectronics
5356 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M3/M4 cores.
5357 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5358 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5359
5360 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5361 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5362 the flash driver.
5363
5364 @example
5365 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f2x 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5366 @end example
5367
5368 Some stm32f2x-specific commands are defined:
5369
5370 @deffn Command {stm32f2x lock} num
5371 Locks the entire stm32 device.
5372 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5373 @end deffn
5374
5375 @deffn Command {stm32f2x unlock} num
5376 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
5377 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5378 @end deffn
5379 @end deffn
5380
5381 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32lx
5382 All members of the STM32L microcontroller families from ST Microelectronics
5383 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M3 cores.
5384 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5385 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5386
5387 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5388 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5389 the flash driver.
5390
5391 @example
5392 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32lx 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5393 @end example
5394 @end deffn
5395
5396 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
5397 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5398 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5399 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
5400 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
5401
5402 @example
5403 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
5404 @end example
5405
5406 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
5407 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
5408 for the specified flash bank.
5409 @end deffn
5410 @end deffn
5411
5412 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
5413 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5414 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
5415 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
5416 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
5417
5418 @example
5419 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5420 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
5421 @end example
5422
5423 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
5424 Configures the str9 flash controller.
5425 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5426
5427 @itemize @bullet
5428 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
5429 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
5430 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5431 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5432 @end itemize
5433 @end deffn
5434
5435 @end deffn
5436
5437 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
5438 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
5439 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5440 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5441
5442 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
5443
5444 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
5445 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
5446 @end deffn
5447
5448 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
5449 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
5450 @end deffn
5451
5452 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
5453 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
5454 the flash clock.
5455 @end deffn
5456 @end deffn
5457
5458 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
5459 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
5460 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
5461
5462 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
5463
5464 @itemize
5465 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
5466 @end itemize
5467
5468 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
5469 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
5470 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
5471 @example
5472 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5473 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5474 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5475 @end example
5476 @end deffn
5477
5478 @deffn {Flash Driver} fm3
5479 All members of the FM3 microcontroller family from Fujitsu
5480 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5481 The @var{fm3} driver uses the @var{target} parameter to select the
5482 correct bank config, it can currently be one of the following:
5483 @code{mb9bfxx1.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx2.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx3.cpu},
5484 @code{mb9bfxx4.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx5.cpu} or @code{mb9bfxx6.cpu}.
5485
5486 @example
5487 flash bank $_FLASHNAME fm3 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5488 @end example
5489 @end deffn
5490
5491 @subsection str9xpec driver
5492 @cindex str9xpec
5493
5494 Here is some background info to help
5495 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
5496 the str9:
5497 @enumerate
5498 @item
5499 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
5500 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
5501 @item
5502 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
5503 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
5504 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
5505 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
5506 @end enumerate
5507
5508 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
5509 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
5510 configured for flash bank 0.
5511 @example
5512 # assert srst, we do not want core running
5513 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
5514 jtag_reset 0 1
5515 # turn off target polling
5516 poll off
5517 # disable str9 core
5518 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
5519 # read option bytes
5520 str9xpec options_read 0
5521 # re-enable str9 core
5522 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
5523 poll on
5524 reset halt
5525 @end example
5526 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
5527 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
5528 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
5529 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
5530
5531 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
5532 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
5533 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
5534 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
5535 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
5536
5537 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
5538
5539 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
5540 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
5541 @end deffn
5542
5543 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
5544 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
5545 directly to the embedded flash controller.
5546 @end deffn
5547
5548 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
5549 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
5550 erase the device.
5551 @end deffn
5552
5553 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
5554 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
5555 @end deffn
5556
5557 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
5558 Configure str9 boot bank.
5559 @end deffn
5560
5561 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5562 Configure str9 lvd source.
5563 @end deffn
5564
5565 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
5566 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
5567 @end deffn
5568
5569 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5570 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
5571 @end deffn
5572
5573 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
5574 Read str9 option bytes.
5575 @end deffn
5576
5577 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
5578 Write str9 option bytes.
5579 @end deffn
5580
5581 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
5582 unlock str9 device.
5583 @end deffn
5584
5585 @end deffn
5586
5587
5588 @section mFlash
5589
5590 @subsection mFlash Configuration
5591 @cindex mFlash Configuration
5592
5593 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
5594 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
5595 address @var{base}.
5596 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
5597 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
5598
5599 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
5600
5601 @example
5602 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
5603 @end example
5604
5605 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
5606
5607 @example
5608 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
5609 @end example
5610 @end deffn
5611
5612 @subsection mFlash commands
5613 @cindex mFlash commands
5614
5615 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
5616 Configure mflash PLL.
5617 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
5618 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
5619 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
5620 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
5621 @end deffn
5622
5623 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
5624 Configure bootable option.
5625 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
5626 (4kB) for boot.
5627 @end deffn
5628
5629 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
5630 Configure storage information.
5631 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
5632 written.
5633 @end deffn
5634
5635 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
5636 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
5637 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
5638 @end deffn
5639
5640 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
5641 Probe mflash.
5642 @end deffn
5643
5644 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
5645 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
5646 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
5647 @end deffn
5648
5649 @node Flash Programming
5650 @chapter Flash Programming
5651
5652 OpenOCD implements numerous ways to program the target flash, whether internal or external.
5653 Programming can be acheived by either using GDB @ref{programmingusinggdb,,Programming using GDB},
5654 or using the cmds given in @ref{flashprogrammingcommands,,Flash Programming Commands}.
5655
5656 @*To simplify using the flash cmds directly a jimtcl script is available that handles the programming and verify stage.
5657 OpenOCD will program/verify/reset the target and shutdown.
5658
5659 The script is executed as follows and by default the following actions will be peformed.
5660 @enumerate
5661 @item 'init' is executed.
5662 @item 'reset init' is called to reset and halt the target, any 'reset init' scripts are executed.
5663 @item @code{flash write_image} is called to erase and write any flash using the filename given.
5664 @item @code{verify_image} is called if @option{verify} parameter is given.
5665 @item @code{reset run} is called if @option{reset} parameter is given.
5666 @item OpenOCD is shutdown.
5667 @end enumerate
5668
5669 An example of usage is given below. @xref{program}.
5670
5671 @example
5672 # program and verify using elf/hex/s19. verify and reset
5673 # are optional parameters
5674 openocd -f board/stm32f3discovery.cfg \
5675 -c "program filename.elf verify reset"
5676
5677 # binary files need the flash address passing
5678 openocd -f board/stm32f3discovery.cfg \
5679 -c "program filename.bin 0x08000000"
5680 @end example
5681
5682 @node NAND Flash Commands
5683 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
5684 @cindex NAND
5685
5686 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
5687 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
5688 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
5689
5690 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
5691 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
5692 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
5693 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
5694 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
5695 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
5696
5697 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
5698 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
5699 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
5700 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
5701 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
5702 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
5703 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
5704 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
5705 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
5706 with techniques such as wear leveling.
5707
5708 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
5709 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
5710 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
5711 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
5712 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
5713 every 512 bytes of data.
5714
5715 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
5716 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
5717 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
5718 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
5719 ECC mode is used.
5720
5721 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
5722 @enumerate
5723 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
5724 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
5725 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
5726 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
5727 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
5728 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
5729 to access that device.
5730 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
5731 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
5732 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
5733 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
5734 de-brick a board.
5735 @end enumerate
5736
5737 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
5738 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
5739 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
5740 are only 32 bits wide.
5741 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
5742 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
5743 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
5744 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
5745
5746 @anchor{nandconfiguration}
5747 @section NAND Configuration Commands
5748 @cindex NAND configuration
5749
5750 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
5751 plus some additional configuration that's done after
5752 OpenOCD has initialized.
5753
5754 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
5755 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
5756 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
5757 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
5758 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
5759 they were a single (larger) device.
5760 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
5761 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
5762
5763 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
5764 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
5765 configuration files, not interactively.
5766
5767 @itemize @bullet
5768 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
5769 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
5770 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
5771 associated with the NAND device being declared.
5772 @xref{nanddriverlist,,NAND Driver List}.
5773 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
5774 commands to the NAND controller.
5775 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
5776 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
5777 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
5778 for more information.
5779 @end itemize
5780 @end deffn
5781
5782 @deffn Command {nand list}
5783 Prints a summary of each device declared
5784 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
5785 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
5786 @example
5787 > nand list
5788 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5789 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5790 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5791 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5792 >
5793 @end example
5794 @end deffn
5795
5796 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
5797 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
5798 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
5799 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5800 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
5801 it with most other NAND commands.
5802 @end deffn
5803
5804 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
5805
5806 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
5807 @cindex NAND reading
5808 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
5809 starting at the specified offset.
5810 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5811
5812 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5813 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5814
5815 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
5816 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
5817 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
5818
5819 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
5820 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
5821 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
5822 method which handled that error correction.
5823
5824 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
5825 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
5826 @itemize @bullet
5827 @item no oob_* parameter
5828 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
5829 @item @code{oob_raw}
5830 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
5831 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
5832 spare areas associated with each data page.
5833 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
5834 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
5835 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
5836 @item @code{oob_only}
5837 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
5838 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
5839 spare areas associated with each data page.
5840 @end itemize
5841 @end deffn
5842
5843 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5844 @cindex NAND erasing
5845 @cindex NAND programming
5846 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5847 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5848 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5849 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5850 If those parameters are not specified,
5851 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5852 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5853
5854 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5855 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5856 block marker.
5857 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
5858 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
5859 @end deffn
5860
5861 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
5862 @cindex NAND writing
5863 @cindex NAND programming
5864 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
5865 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
5866 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
5867 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5868
5869 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5870 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5871
5872 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5873 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
5874 past the end of the device.
5875 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
5876 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
5877 if that's being written.)
5878
5879 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
5880 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
5881 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
5882
5883 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
5884 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
5885 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
5886 @itemize @bullet
5887 @item no oob_* parameter
5888 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5889 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
5890 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5891 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
5892 with hardware-computed ECC data.
5893 @item @code{oob_only}
5894 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
5895 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
5896 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
5897 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
5898 @item @code{oob_raw}
5899 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
5900 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
5901 un-altered OOB.
5902 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5903 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
5904 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
5905 @item @code{oob_softecc}
5906 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5907 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
5908 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
5909 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5910 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5911 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
5912 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5913 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
5914 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
5915 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5916 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5917 @end itemize
5918 @end deffn
5919
5920 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
5921 @cindex NAND verification
5922 @cindex NAND programming
5923 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
5924 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
5925 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5926
5927 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5928 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5929
5930 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5931 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
5932 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
5933 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
5934 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
5935
5936 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
5937 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
5938 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
5939
5940 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
5941 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
5942 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
5943 be removed in a future release.
5944 @end deffn
5945
5946 @section Other NAND commands
5947 @cindex NAND other commands
5948
5949 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
5950 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5951 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5952 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5953 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5954 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5955 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5956 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5957
5958 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5959 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5960 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5961 @end deffn
5962
5963 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5964 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5965 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5966 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5967 status for each block.
5968 @end deffn
5969
5970 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5971 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5972 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5973
5974 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5975 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5976 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5977 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5978 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5979
5980 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5981 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5982 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5983 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5984 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5985 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5986 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5987 @end deffn
5988
5989 @anchor{nanddriverlist}
5990 @section NAND Driver List
5991 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
5992 driver-specific options and behaviors.
5993 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
5994
5995 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
5996 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
5997 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
5998 address of the ECC controller.
5999 @example
6000 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
6001 @end example
6002 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
6003 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
6004 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
6005 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
6006 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
6007 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
6008 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
6009 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6010 @end deffn
6011 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
6012 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
6013 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6014 @end deffn
6015
6016 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
6017 properly configured for input or output.
6018 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
6019 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
6020 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
6021 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
6022 @end deffn
6023 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
6024 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
6025 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
6026 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
6027 @end deffn
6028 @end deffn
6029
6030 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
6031 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
6032 chips from Texas Instruments.
6033 It takes three extra parameters:
6034 address of the NAND chip;
6035 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
6036 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
6037 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
6038 @example
6039 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
6040 @end example
6041 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
6042 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
6043 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
6044 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
6045 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
6046 @end deffn
6047
6048 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
6049 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
6050 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
6051 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
6052 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
6053 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
6054 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6055 @end deffn
6056
6057 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
6058 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
6059 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
6060 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
6061 @end deffn
6062 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
6063
6064 @deffn {NAND Driver} mx3
6065 This driver handles the NAND controller in i.MX31. The mxc driver
6066 should work for this chip aswell.
6067 @end deffn
6068
6069 @deffn {NAND Driver} mxc
6070 This driver handles the NAND controller found in Freescale i.MX
6071 chips. It has support for v1 (i.MX27 and i.MX31) and v2 (i.MX35).
6072 The driver takes 3 extra arguments, chip (@option{mx27},
6073 @option{mx31}, @option{mx35}), ecc (@option{noecc}, @option{hwecc})
6074 and optionally if bad block information should be swapped between
6075 main area and spare area (@option{biswap}), defaults to off.
6076 @example
6077 nand device mx35.nand mxc imx35.cpu mx35 hwecc biswap
6078 @end example
6079 @deffn Command {mxc biswap} bank_num [enable|disable]
6080 Turns on/off bad block information swaping from main area,
6081 without parameter query status.
6082 @end deffn
6083 @end deffn
6084
6085 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
6086 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
6087 parameter: the address of the controller.
6088 @example
6089 nand device orion 0xd8000000
6090 @end example
6091 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
6092 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
6093 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
6094 change any behavior.
6095 @end deffn
6096
6097 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
6098 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
6099 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
6100 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
6101 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
6102 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
6103 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
6104 specialized commands.
6105 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
6106 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
6107 change any behavior.
6108 @end deffn
6109
6110 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
6111 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
6112 @cindex PLD
6113 @cindex FPGA
6114
6115 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
6116 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
6117 OpenOCD can support programming them.
6118 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
6119 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
6120 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
6121 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
6122
6123 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
6124
6125 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
6126 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
6127 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
6128
6129 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
6130 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
6131
6132 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
6133 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
6134 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
6135 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
6136 behavior.
6137 @end deffn
6138
6139 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
6140 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
6141 @end deffn
6142
6143 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
6144 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
6145 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
6146 @end deffn
6147
6148 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
6149
6150 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
6151 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
6152 that particular type of PLD.
6153
6154 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
6155 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
6156 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
6157 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
6158 and one driver-specific command is defined.
6159
6160 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
6161 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
6162 for FPGA @var{num}.
6163 @end deffn
6164 @end deffn
6165
6166 @node General Commands
6167 @chapter General Commands
6168 @cindex commands
6169
6170 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
6171 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
6172 commands are documented elsewhere.
6173
6174 Intent:
6175 @itemize @bullet
6176 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
6177 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
6178 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
6179 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
6180
6181 @item @b{From the human}
6182 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
6183 or via GDB (default port 3333).
6184
6185 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
6186 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
6187 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
6188
6189 @item @b{Machine Interface}
6190 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
6191 port is 5555.
6192 @end itemize
6193
6194
6195 @section Daemon Commands
6196
6197 @deffn {Command} exit
6198 Exits the current telnet session.
6199 @end deffn
6200
6201 @deffn {Command} help [string]
6202 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
6203 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
6204 Not every command provides helptext.
6205
6206 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
6207 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
6208 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
6209 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
6210 @end deffn
6211
6212 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
6213 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
6214 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
6215 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
6216 Useful in connection with script files
6217 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
6218 @end deffn
6219
6220 @deffn Command shutdown
6221 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
6222 @end deffn
6223
6224 @anchor{debuglevel}
6225 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
6226 @cindex message level
6227 Display debug level.
6228 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
6229 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
6230 Level 0 is error messages only;
6231 level 1 adds warnings;
6232 level 2 adds informational messages;
6233 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
6234 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
6235 the command line along with the location of that log
6236 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
6237 @xref{Running}.
6238 @end deffn
6239
6240 @deffn Command echo [-n] message
6241 Logs a message at "user" priority.
6242 Output @var{message} to stdout.
6243 Option "-n" suppresses trailing newline.
6244 @example
6245 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
6246 @end example
6247 @end deffn
6248
6249 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
6250 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
6251 the initial log output channel is stderr.
6252 @end deffn
6253
6254 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
6255 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
6256 @end deffn
6257
6258 @anchor{targetstatehandling}
6259 @section Target State handling
6260 @cindex reset
6261 @cindex halt
6262 @cindex target initialization
6263
6264 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
6265 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
6266 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
6267 a current target which is used to perform the
6268 various operations. The current target may be changed
6269 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
6270 target which should become current.
6271
6272 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
6273 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
6274 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
6275 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
6276 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
6277
6278 @emph{With no arguments}:
6279 list all available registers for the current target,
6280 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
6281 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
6282 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
6283 are flagged as such.
6284
6285 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
6286
6287 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
6288 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
6289 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
6290 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
6291 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
6292 relevant module will flush such values.
6293
6294 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
6295 Debug and trace infrastructure:
6296
6297 @example
6298 > reg
6299 ===== ARM registers
6300 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
6301 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
6302 (2) r2 (/32)
6303 ...
6304 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
6305 >
6306 @end example
6307 @end deffn
6308
6309 @deffn Command halt [ms]
6310 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
6311 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
6312 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
6313 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
6314 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
6315 (and enter debug mode).
6316 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
6317
6318 @quotation Warning
6319 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
6320 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
6321 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
6322 power mode by gating the core clock;
6323 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
6324
6325 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
6326 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
6327 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
6328 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
6329 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
6330 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
6331
6332 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
6333 work with a JTAG debugger.
6334 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
6335 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
6336 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
6337 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
6338 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
6339 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
6340 @end quotation
6341
6342 @end deffn
6343
6344 @deffn Command resume [address]
6345 Resume the target at its current code position,
6346 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
6347 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
6348 @end deffn
6349
6350 @deffn Command step [address]
6351 Single-step the target at its current code position,
6352 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
6353 @end deffn
6354
6355 @anchor{resetcommand}
6356 @deffn Command reset
6357 @deffnx Command {reset run}
6358 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
6359 @deffnx Command {reset init}
6360 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
6361 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
6362 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
6363
6364 The optional parameter specifies what should
6365 happen after the reset.
6366 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
6367 The other options will not work on all systems.
6368 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6369
6370 @itemize @minus
6371 @item @b{run} Let the target run
6372 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
6373 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
6374 @end itemize
6375 @end deffn
6376
6377 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
6378 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
6379 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
6380 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
6381 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
6382 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
6383 state.
6384 @end deffn
6385
6386 @section I/O Utilities
6387
6388 These commands are available when
6389 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
6390 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
6391 notably the ZY1000.
6392 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
6393
6394 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
6395
6396 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
6397 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
6398 the text file @file{filename}.
6399 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
6400 The last string is followed by a newline.
6401 @end deffn
6402
6403 @deffn Command cat filename
6404 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
6405 @end deffn
6406
6407 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
6408 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
6409 into @file{dest_filename}.
6410 @end deffn
6411
6412 @deffn Command ip
6413 @emph{No description provided.}
6414 @end deffn
6415
6416 @deffn Command ls
6417 @emph{No description provided.}
6418 @end deffn
6419
6420 @deffn Command mac
6421 @emph{No description provided.}
6422 @end deffn
6423
6424 @deffn Command meminfo
6425 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
6426 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
6427 @end deffn
6428
6429 @deffn Command peek
6430 @emph{No description provided.}
6431 @end deffn
6432
6433 @deffn Command poke
6434 @emph{No description provided.}
6435 @end deffn
6436
6437 @deffn Command rm filename
6438 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
6439 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
6440 @end deffn
6441
6442 @deffn Command trunc filename
6443 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
6444 @end deffn
6445
6446 @anchor{memoryaccess}
6447 @section Memory access commands
6448 @cindex memory access
6449
6450 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
6451 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
6452 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
6453 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
6454
6455 @enumerate
6456 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
6457 to change the current target.
6458 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
6459 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
6460 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
6461 @end enumerate
6462
6463 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
6464 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
6465 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
6466 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
6467 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
6468 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
6469 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6470 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6471 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6472 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6473 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
6474 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
6475 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
6476 @end deffn
6477
6478 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
6479 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
6480 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
6481 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
6482 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
6483 at the specified address @var{addr}.
6484 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6485 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6486 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6487 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6488 @end deffn
6489
6490 @anchor{imageaccess}
6491 @section Image loading commands
6492 @cindex image loading
6493 @cindex image dumping
6494
6495 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
6496 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
6497 binary file named @var{filename}.
6498 @end deffn
6499
6500 @deffn Command {fast_load}
6501 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
6502 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
6503 @end deffn
6504
6505 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}]
6506 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
6507 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
6508 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
6509 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
6510 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
6511 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
6512 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
6513 separately.
6514 @end deffn
6515
6516 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
6517 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
6518 The file format may optionally be specified
6519 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, @option{elf}, or @option{s19}).
6520 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
6521 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
6522 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
6523 @example
6524 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
6525 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
6526 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
6527 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
6528 @}
6529 @end example
6530 @end deffn
6531
6532 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
6533 Displays image section sizes and addresses
6534 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
6535 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
6536 The file format may optionally be specified
6537 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6538 @end deffn
6539
6540 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
6541 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
6542 The file format may optionally be specified
6543 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6544 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
6545 @end deffn
6546
6547
6548 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
6549 @cindex breakpoint
6550 @cindex watchpoint
6551
6552 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
6553 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
6554 watchpoints.
6555 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
6556
6557 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
6558 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
6559 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
6560 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6561 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
6562 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
6563
6564 (@xref{arm9vectorcatch,,arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscalevectorcatch,,xscale vector_catch},
6565 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
6566 @end deffn
6567
6568 @deffn Command {rbp} address
6569 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
6570 @end deffn
6571
6572 @deffn Command {rwp} address
6573 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
6574 @end deffn
6575
6576 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
6577 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
6578 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6579 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
6580 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
6581 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
6582 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
6583 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
6584 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
6585 @end deffn
6586
6587 @section Misc Commands
6588
6589 @cindex profiling
6590 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
6591 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
6592 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
6593 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
6594 @end deffn
6595
6596 @deffn Command {version}
6597 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
6598 @end deffn
6599
6600 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
6601 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
6602 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
6603 @end deffn
6604
6605 @node Architecture and Core Commands
6606 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
6607 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
6608 @cindex Core Specific Commands
6609
6610 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
6611 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
6612 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
6613 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
6614
6615 @anchor{armhardwaretracing}
6616 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
6617 @cindex tracing
6618 @cindex ETM
6619 @cindex ETB
6620
6621 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
6622 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
6623 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
6624
6625 @itemize
6626 @item
6627 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
6628 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
6629 supports such an interface.
6630 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
6631 and trace port support.)
6632 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
6633 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
6634 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
6635 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
6636 in the board-specific configuration file.
6637 @item
6638 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
6639 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
6640 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
6641 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
6642 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
6643 @end itemize
6644
6645 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
6646
6647 @quotation Issues
6648 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
6649 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
6650
6651 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
6652 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
6653 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
6654 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
6655 dummy trace port driver}.
6656
6657 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
6658 as well as tracing only during specific states
6659 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
6660
6661 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
6662 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
6663 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
6664 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
6665 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
6666
6667 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
6668 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
6669 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
6670 this original style of JTAG access.
6671 @end quotation
6672
6673 @subsection ETM Configuration
6674 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
6675
6676 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
6677 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
6678 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{traceportdrivers,,Trace Port Drivers}.
6679
6680 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
6681 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
6682 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
6683 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
6684 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
6685 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
6686 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
6687 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
6688 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
6689
6690 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
6691 or @option{demultiplexed}.
6692 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
6693
6694 @quotation Warning
6695 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
6696 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
6697 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
6698 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
6699 @end quotation
6700
6701 @quotation Note
6702 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
6703 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
6704 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
6705 what CPU activities are traced.
6706 @end quotation
6707 @end deffn
6708
6709 @deffn Command {etm info}
6710 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
6711 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
6712 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
6713 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
6714 @end deffn
6715
6716 @deffn Command {etm status}
6717 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
6718 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
6719 Did trace data overflow?
6720 Was it triggered?
6721 @end deffn
6722
6723 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
6724 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
6725 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
6726 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
6727 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
6728
6729 @itemize
6730 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
6731 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
6732 The value is one of
6733 @option{none} (save nothing),
6734 @option{data} (save data),
6735 @option{address} (save addresses),
6736 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
6737 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
6738 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
6739 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
6740 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
6741 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
6742 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
6743 trace stream without an image of the code.
6744 @end itemize
6745 @end deffn
6746
6747 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6748 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
6749 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
6750 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
6751 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
6752
6753 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
6754 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
6755 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
6756 @end deffn
6757
6758 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
6759
6760 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
6761 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
6762 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
6763
6764 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
6765 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
6766 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
6767 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
6768 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
6769 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
6770 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
6771
6772 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
6773
6774 @itemize
6775 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
6776 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
6777 for instruction access within that function's body.
6778 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
6779 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
6780 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
6781 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
6782 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
6783 combining one of the above models with a counter.
6784 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
6785 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
6786 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
6787 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
6788 @item @emph{... more}
6789 @end itemize
6790
6791 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
6792 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
6793
6794 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
6795 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
6796 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
6797 @end deffn
6798
6799 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
6800 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
6801 @end deffn
6802
6803 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
6804 Opens an image file.
6805 @end deffn
6806
6807 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
6808 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
6809 @end deffn
6810
6811 @deffn Command {etm start}
6812 Starts trace data collection.
6813 @end deffn
6814
6815 @deffn Command {etm stop}
6816 Stops trace data collection.
6817 @end deffn
6818
6819 @anchor{traceportdrivers}
6820 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
6821
6822 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
6823
6824 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
6825 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6826 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
6827 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
6828 any trace data collection.}
6829 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
6830 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
6831 @end deffn
6832 @end deffn
6833
6834 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
6835 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
6836 to use on-chip ETB memory.
6837 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
6838 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
6839 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
6840 @end deffn
6841 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
6842 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
6843 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
6844 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
6845 trace trigger becomes active.
6846
6847 @itemize
6848 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
6849 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
6850 afterwards.
6851 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
6852 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
6853 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
6854 what caused that event to happen.
6855 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
6856 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
6857 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
6858 how the event caused trouble.
6859 @end itemize
6860 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
6861 @end deffn
6862
6863 @end deffn
6864
6865 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
6866 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
6867 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
6868 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
6869 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
6870
6871 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6872 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
6873
6874 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
6875 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
6876 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
6877 @end deffn
6878
6879 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
6880 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
6881 @end deffn
6882
6883 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
6884 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
6885 @end deffn
6886 @end deffn
6887
6888
6889 @section Generic ARM
6890 @cindex ARM
6891
6892 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
6893 They are available in addition to other core-specific
6894 commands that may be available.
6895
6896 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
6897 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
6898 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
6899 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
6900 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6901 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
6902 @end deffn
6903
6904 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
6905 @cindex disassemble
6906 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
6907 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6908 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
6909 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
6910 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
6911 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6912 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
6913
6914 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
6915 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
6916 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
6917 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
6918 with a handful of exceptions.
6919 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
6920 @end deffn
6921
6922 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
6923 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
6924 passing parameters @var{CRn},
6925 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6926 and using the MCR instruction.
6927 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6928 an ARM register.)
6929 @end deffn
6930
6931 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
6932 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
6933 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6934 and the MRC instruction.
6935 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
6936 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6937 an ARM register.)
6938 @end deffn
6939
6940 @deffn Command {arm reg}
6941 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
6942 core mode if necessary.
6943 @end deffn
6944
6945 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6946 @cindex ARM semihosting
6947 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6948
6949 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6950 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6951 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6952 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6953 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6954 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6955 @end deffn
6956
6957 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
6958 @cindex ARMv4
6959 @cindex ARMv5
6960
6961 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
6962 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
6963 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
6964 variant.
6965
6966 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
6967 @cindex ARM7
6968 @cindex ARM9
6969
6970 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
6971 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
6972 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
6973 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
6974
6975 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6976 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6977 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6978 instead of breakpoints.
6979 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6980
6981 This should be
6982 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6983 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6984 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6985 @end deffn
6986
6987 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6988 @cindex DCC
6989 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
6990 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
6991 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6992
6993 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
6994 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
6995 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
6996 @end deffn
6997
6998 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6999 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
7000 that don't check completion of the operation.
7001 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7002
7003 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
7004 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
7005 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
7006 @end deffn
7007
7008 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
7009 @cindex ARM720T
7010
7011 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
7012 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
7013 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
7014 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
7015
7016 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
7017 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
7018 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
7019
7020 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
7021 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7022 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
7023 @end deffn
7024
7025 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
7026 @cindex ARM9
7027
7028 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
7029 integer processors.
7030 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
7031
7032 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
7033 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
7034 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
7035 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
7036
7037 @anchor{arm9vectorcatch}
7038 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
7039 @cindex vector_catch
7040 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
7041 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
7042 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
7043 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
7044 to those hardware vectors.
7045
7046 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
7047 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
7048 vector catch hardware to intercept
7049 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
7050 @option{none} of them,
7051 or a list with one or more of the following:
7052 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
7053 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
7054 @end deffn
7055
7056 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
7057 @cindex ARM920T
7058
7059 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
7060 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
7061 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
7062 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7063 and ARM9 commands.
7064
7065 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
7066 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
7067 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
7068 @end deffn
7069
7070 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
7071 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7072 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7073 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
7074 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
7075 (Not all registers can be written.)
7076 @end deffn
7077
7078 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
7079 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
7080 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
7081
7082 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
7083 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
7084 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
7085 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
7086 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
7087 or using zero if no other address is provided.
7088 @end deffn
7089
7090 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
7091 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
7092 @end deffn
7093
7094 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
7095 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
7096 @end deffn
7097
7098 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
7099 @cindex ARM926ej-s
7100
7101 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
7102 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
7103 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
7104 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7105 and ARM9 commands.
7106
7107 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
7108 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
7109
7110 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
7111 Print information about the caches found.
7112 @end deffn
7113
7114 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
7115 @cindex ARM966E
7116
7117 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
7118 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
7119 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7120 and ARM9 commands.
7121
7122 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
7123 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7124 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7125 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
7126 ARM966E-S TRM.
7127 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
7128 as required for BIST support.
7129 @end deffn
7130
7131 @subsection XScale specific commands
7132 @cindex XScale
7133
7134 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
7135
7136 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
7137 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
7138 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
7139 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
7140 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
7141 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
7142 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
7143
7144 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
7145 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
7146 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
7147 the mini-IC.
7148
7149 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
7150 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
7151 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
7152 code layout in memory:
7153 @example
7154 _vectors:
7155 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7156 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7157 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7158 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7159 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7160 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7161 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7162 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7163 .org 0x100
7164 .long real_reset_vector
7165 .long real_ui_handler
7166 .long real_swi_handler
7167 .long real_pf_abort
7168 .long real_data_abort
7169 .long 0 /* unused */
7170 .long real_irq_handler
7171 .long real_fiq_handler
7172 @end example
7173
7174 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
7175 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
7176 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
7177 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
7178 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
7179 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
7180 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
7181 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
7182 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
7183 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
7184 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
7185 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
7186 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
7187 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
7188 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
7189 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
7190 software.
7191
7192 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
7193 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
7194 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
7195 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
7196
7197 XScale has resources to support two hardware breakpoints and two
7198 watchpoints. However, the following restrictions on watchpoint
7199 functionality apply: (1) the value and mask arguments to the @code{wp}
7200 command are not supported, (2) the watchpoint length must be a
7201 power of two and not less than four, and can not be greater than the
7202 watchpoint address, and (3) a watchpoint with a length greater than
7203 four consumes all the watchpoint hardware resources. This means that
7204 at any one time, you can have enabled either two watchpoints with a
7205 length of four, or one watchpoint with a length greater than four.
7206
7207 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
7208 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
7209
7210 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
7211 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
7212 @end deffn
7213
7214 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
7215 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
7216 @end deffn
7217
7218 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
7219 Displays information about the CPU caches.
7220 @end deffn
7221
7222 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
7223 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7224 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7225 @end deffn
7226
7227 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
7228 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
7229 @end deffn
7230
7231 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7232 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
7233 @end deffn
7234
7235 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
7236 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
7237 @end deffn
7238
7239 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7240 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
7241 @end deffn
7242
7243 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7244 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
7245 @end deffn
7246
7247 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
7248 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
7249 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
7250 and modifying how it is emptied.
7251 @end deffn
7252
7253 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
7254 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
7255 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
7256 The image @var{type} may be one of
7257 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
7258 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
7259 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
7260 @end deffn
7261
7262 @anchor{xscalevectorcatch}
7263 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
7264 @cindex vector_catch
7265 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
7266 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
7267
7268 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
7269 @example
7270 0x01 Trap Reset
7271 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
7272 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
7273 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
7274 0x10 Trap Data Abort
7275 0x20 reserved
7276 0x40 Trap IRQ
7277 0x80 Trap FIQ
7278 @end example
7279 @end deffn
7280
7281 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
7282 @cindex vector_table
7283
7284 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
7285 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
7286 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
7287 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
7288 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
7289
7290 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
7291
7292 @end deffn
7293
7294 @section ARMv6 Architecture
7295 @cindex ARMv6
7296
7297 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
7298 @cindex ARM11
7299
7300 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7301 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
7302 which is enabled by default.
7303 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7304 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
7305 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
7306 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
7307 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
7308 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
7309 @end deffn
7310
7311 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7312 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
7313 which is enabled by default.
7314 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7315 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
7316 @end deffn
7317
7318 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7319 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
7320 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
7321 they are disabled by default.
7322 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
7323 @end deffn
7324
7325 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
7326 @cindex vector_catch
7327 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
7328 coprocessor 14 register 7.
7329 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
7330
7331 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
7332 for certain hardware events.
7333 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
7334 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
7335 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
7336 @end deffn
7337
7338 @section ARMv7 Architecture
7339 @cindex ARMv7
7340
7341 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
7342 @cindex Debug Access Port
7343 @cindex DAP
7344 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
7345 included on Cortex-M and Cortex-A systems.
7346 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
7347
7348 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
7349 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
7350 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7351 @end deffn
7352
7353 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
7354 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
7355 @end deffn
7356
7357 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
7358 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
7359 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7360 @end deffn
7361
7362 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
7363 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
7364 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7365 @end deffn
7366
7367 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
7368 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
7369 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
7370 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
7371 @end deffn
7372
7373 @deffn Command {dap apcsw} [0 / 1]
7374 fix CSW_SPROT from register AP_REG_CSW on selected dap.
7375 Defaulting to 0.
7376 @end deffn
7377
7378 @subsection Cortex-M specific commands
7379 @cindex Cortex-M
7380
7381 @deffn Command {cortex_m maskisr} (@option{auto}|@option{on}|@option{off})
7382 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
7383
7384 The @option{auto} option handles interrupts during stepping a way they get
7385 served but don't disturb the program flow. The step command first allows
7386 pending interrupt handlers to execute, then disables interrupts and steps over
7387 the next instruction where the core was halted. After the step interrupts
7388 are enabled again. If the interrupt handlers don't complete within 500ms,
7389 the step command leaves with the core running.
7390
7391 Note that a free breakpoint is required for the @option{auto} option. If no
7392 breakpoint is available at the time of the step, then the step is taken
7393 with interrupts enabled, i.e. the same way the @option{off} option does.
7394
7395 Default is @option{auto}.
7396 @end deffn
7397
7398 @deffn Command {cortex_m vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
7399 @cindex vector_catch
7400 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
7401 for certain hardware events.
7402
7403 Parameters request interception of
7404 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
7405 @option{none} of them,
7406 or one or more of the following:
7407 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
7408 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
7409 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
7410 @option{irq_err},
7411 @option{state_err},
7412 @option{chk_err}, or
7413 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
7414 @option{reset}.
7415 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
7416 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
7417 are mapped to HardFault.
7418 UsageFault checks for
7419 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
7420 must also be explicitly enabled.
7421
7422 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
7423 @end deffn
7424
7425 @deffn Command {cortex_m reset_config} (@option{srst}|@option{sysresetreq}|@option{vectreset})
7426 Control reset handling. The default @option{srst} is to use srst if fitted,
7427 otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
7428 @itemize @minus
7429 @item @option{srst} use hardware srst if fitted otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
7430 @item @option{sysresetreq} use NVIC SYSRESETREQ to reset system.
7431 @item @option{vectreset} use NVIC VECTRESET to reset system.
7432 @end itemize
7433 Using @option{vectreset} is a safe option for all current Cortex-M cores.
7434 This however has the disadvantage of only resetting the core, all peripherals
7435 are uneffected. A solution would be to use a @code{reset-init} event handler to manually reset
7436 the peripherals.
7437 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
7438 @end deffn
7439
7440 @anchor{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing}
7441 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
7442 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
7443 @cindex tracing
7444 @cindex libdcc
7445 @cindex DCC
7446 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
7447 the target uses appropriate libraries.
7448 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
7449 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
7450
7451 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
7452 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m} cores.
7453 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
7454 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
7455 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
7456 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{armhardwaretracing,,ARM Hardware Tracing}.
7457
7458 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
7459 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
7460 arrays of various size integers from the target,
7461 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
7462 The target being debugged may
7463 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
7464 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
7465 each supported by a command:
7466
7467 @itemize
7468 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
7469 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
7470 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
7471 finding out how some fault was triggered.
7472
7473 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
7474 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
7475 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
7476
7477 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
7478 and then displayed at any time.
7479 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
7480
7481 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
7482 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
7483 @end itemize
7484
7485 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
7486 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
7487 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
7488 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
7489 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
7490 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
7491 does the same thing.
7492
7493 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
7494 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
7495 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
7496 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
7497 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
7498
7499 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
7500 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
7501 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
7502 @end deffn
7503
7504 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
7505 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
7506 in the order they triggered.
7507 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
7508 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
7509 history records.
7510 @end deffn
7511
7512 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
7513 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
7514 they have been triggered.
7515 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
7516 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
7517 and associates it with that identifier.
7518
7519 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
7520 are not related except by this command.
7521 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
7522 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
7523 @end deffn
7524
7525
7526 @node JTAG Commands
7527 @chapter JTAG Commands
7528 @cindex JTAG Commands
7529 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
7530 (@xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
7531 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
7532 may be needed to work with targets which require special
7533 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
7534
7535 To use these commands you will need to understand some
7536 of the basics of JTAG, including:
7537
7538 @itemize @bullet
7539 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
7540 devices such as a CPUs.
7541 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
7542 standard state machine (in parallel)
7543 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
7544 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
7545 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
7546 while the reading previous ones.
7547 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
7548 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
7549 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
7550 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
7551 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
7552 registers.
7553 @end itemize
7554
7555 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
7556
7557 These commands are used by developers who need to access
7558 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
7559 the order of TAP state transitions.
7560 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
7561 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
7562 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
7563 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
7564 these commands are not available.
7565
7566 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7567 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
7568 that specify the entire register.
7569 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
7570 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
7571 The return value holds the original value of each
7572 of those fields.
7573
7574 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
7575 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
7576 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
7577 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
7578 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
7579
7580 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
7581 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
7582
7583 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7584 in that state.
7585 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
7586 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7587 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7588
7589 @quotation Warning
7590 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
7591 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
7592 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
7593 data registers, which may have different lengths.
7594 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
7595 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
7596 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
7597 (by connecting a different scan chain).
7598 @end quotation
7599 @end deffn
7600
7601 @deffn Command {flush_count}
7602 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
7603 This may be used for performance tuning.
7604
7605 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
7606 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
7607 not change with the amount of data which is written.
7608 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
7609 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
7610 instead of batching them into larger operations.
7611 @end deffn
7612
7613 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7614 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
7615 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
7616 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
7617 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
7618 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
7619
7620 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7621 in that state.
7622 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
7623 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7624 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7625
7626 @quotation Note
7627 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
7628 register values, unlike data register values.
7629 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
7630 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
7631 @end quotation
7632 @end deffn
7633
7634 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
7635 Set values of reset signals.
7636 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
7637 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
7638 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
7639 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
7640 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
7641 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
7642 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
7643
7644 Note that TRST is specially handled.
7645 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
7646 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
7647 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
7648 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
7649 instead of the TRST signal.
7650 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
7651 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
7652 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
7653 with handlers for that event.
7654 @end deffn
7655
7656 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
7657 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
7658 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
7659 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
7660 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
7661 Then, in a series of single state transitions
7662 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
7663 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
7664 The final state must also be stable.
7665 @end deffn
7666
7667 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
7668 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
7669 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
7670 Instructions often need some time
7671 to execute before they take effect.
7672 @end deffn
7673
7674 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
7675 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
7676
7677 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7678 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
7679 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
7680 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
7681 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
7682 @end deffn
7683
7684 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7685 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
7686 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
7687 must also be enabled.
7688 Default is enabled.
7689 @end deffn
7690
7691 @section TAP state names
7692 @cindex TAP state names
7693
7694 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
7695 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
7696 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
7697 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
7698
7699 @itemize @bullet
7700 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
7701 acts as if TRST were pulsed
7702 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
7703 @item @b{DRSELECT}
7704 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
7705 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7706 through the data register
7707 @item @b{DREXIT1}
7708 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
7709 for update or more shifting
7710 @item @b{DREXIT2}
7711 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
7712 @item @b{IRSELECT}
7713 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
7714 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7715 through the instruction register
7716 @item @b{IREXIT1}
7717 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
7718 for update or more shifting
7719 @item @b{IREXIT2}
7720 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
7721 @end itemize
7722
7723 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
7724 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
7725 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
7726 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
7727
7728 @itemize @bullet
7729 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
7730 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
7731 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
7732 may not be as expected.
7733 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
7734 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
7735 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
7736 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
7737 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
7738 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
7739 @end itemize
7740
7741 @node Boundary Scan Commands
7742 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
7743
7744 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
7745 boundary scan based hardware testing.
7746 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
7747 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
7748
7749 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
7750 @cindex Serial Vector Format
7751 @cindex SVF
7752
7753 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
7754 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
7755 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7756 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7757
7758 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
7759 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7760 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
7761 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7762 each command is logged before it is executed.
7763 @end deffn
7764
7765 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7766 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7767 @cindex XSVF
7768
7769 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
7770 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
7771 Xilinx devices.
7772 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7773 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7774
7775 @quotation Important
7776 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
7777 @end quotation
7778
7779 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
7780 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7781 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
7782 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
7783 that TAP.
7784 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
7785 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
7786 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7787 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
7788 @end deffn
7789
7790 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
7791 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
7792 after building the software.
7793 You may find them useful:
7794
7795 @itemize
7796 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
7797 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
7798 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
7799 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
7800 @end itemize
7801
7802 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
7803 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
7804 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
7805 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
7806 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
7807 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
7808 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
7809
7810
7811 @node TFTP
7812 @chapter TFTP
7813 @cindex TFTP
7814 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
7815 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
7816
7817 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
7818 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
7819 server (tftpd). For example,
7820
7821 @example
7822 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
7823 @end example
7824
7825 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
7826 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
7827
7828 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
7829 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
7830 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
7831 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
7832
7833 @node GDB and OpenOCD
7834 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
7835 @cindex GDB
7836 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
7837 to debug remote targets.
7838 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
7839
7840 @itemize
7841 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
7842 @xref{gdbconfiguration,,GDB Configuration}.
7843 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
7844 as shown in this chapter.
7845 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
7846 that also will probably need to be configured.
7847 @end itemize
7848
7849 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
7850 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
7851 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
7852 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
7853 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
7854 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
7855
7856 @section Connecting to GDB
7857 @cindex Connecting to GDB
7858 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
7859 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
7860 errors, which has since been fixed; see
7861 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
7862
7863 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
7864
7865 @enumerate
7866 @item
7867 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
7868 @example
7869 target remote localhost:3333
7870 @end example
7871 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
7872
7873 It is also possible to use the GDB extended remote protocol as follows:
7874 @example
7875 target extended-remote localhost:3333
7876 @end example
7877 @item
7878 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
7879 @example
7880 target remote | openocd -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log"
7881 @end example
7882 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
7883 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
7884 session. log_output sends the log output to a file to ensure that the pipe is
7885 not saturated when using higher debug level outputs.
7886 @end enumerate
7887
7888 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
7889 GDB command line.
7890
7891 @section Sample GDB session startup
7892
7893 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
7894 than they do when you're debugging locally.
7895 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
7896 small ARM program.
7897 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
7898 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
7899
7900 @example
7901 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
7902 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
7903 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
7904 ...
7905 (gdb) monitor reset halt
7906 ...
7907 (gdb) load
7908 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
7909 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
7910 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
7911 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
7912 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
7913 (gdb) continue
7914 Continuing.
7915 ...
7916 @end example
7917
7918 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
7919 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
7920 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
7921 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
7922
7923 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
7924
7925 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
7926 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
7927 packet size and the device's memory map.
7928 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
7929 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
7930 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
7931
7932 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
7933 You may need to set those up by hand.
7934 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
7935 something like:
7936
7937 @example
7938 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
7939 @end example
7940
7941 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
7942
7943 @example
7944 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
7945 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
7946 @end example
7947
7948 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
7949 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
7950 do not have such restrictions.
7951
7952 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
7953 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
7954 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
7955
7956 @example
7957 define hook-step
7958 mon cortex_m maskisr on
7959 end
7960 define hookpost-step
7961 mon cortex_m maskisr off
7962 end
7963 @end example
7964
7965 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
7966 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
7967 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
7968 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
7969
7970 @section Programming using GDB
7971 @cindex Programming using GDB
7972 @anchor{programmingusinggdb}
7973
7974 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
7975 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
7976 @example
7977 gdb_memory_map disable
7978 @end example
7979 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
7980 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
7981 working area.
7982
7983 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
7984 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
7985 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
7986 using a memory map. @xref{gdbbreakpointoverride,,gdb_breakpoint_override}.
7987
7988 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
7989 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
7990
7991 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
7992 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
7993 @example
7994 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
7995 @end example
7996
7997 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
7998 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
7999
8000 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
8001 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
8002 will be used.
8003
8004 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
8005 script can be executed:
8006 @example
8007 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
8008 @end example
8009
8010 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
8011 can be used.
8012 @anchor{usingopenocdsmpwithgdb}
8013 @section Using OpenOCD SMP with GDB
8014 @cindex SMP
8015 For SMP support following GDB serial protocol packet have been defined :
8016 @itemize @bullet
8017 @item j - smp status request
8018 @item J - smp set request
8019 @end itemize
8020
8021 OpenOCD implements :
8022 @itemize @bullet
8023 @item @option{jc} packet for reading core id displayed by
8024 GDB connection. Reply is @option{XXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits giving core id) or
8025 @option{E01} for target not smp.
8026 @item @option{JcXXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits) packet for setting core id displayed at next GDB continue
8027 (core id -1 is reserved for returning to normal resume mode). Reply @option{E01}
8028 for target not smp or @option{OK} on success.
8029 @end itemize
8030
8031 Handling of this packet within GDB can be done :
8032 @itemize @bullet
8033 @item by the creation of an internal variable (i.e @option{_core}) by mean
8034 of function allocate_computed_value allowing following GDB command.
8035 @example
8036 set $_core 1
8037 #Jc01 packet is sent
8038 print $_core
8039 #jc packet is sent and result is affected in $
8040 @end example
8041
8042 @item by the usage of GDB maintenance command as described in following example (2 cpus in SMP with
8043 core id 0 and 1 @pxref{definecputargetsworkinginsmp,,Define CPU targets working in SMP}).
8044
8045 @example
8046 # toggle0 : force display of coreid 0
8047 define toggle0
8048 maint packet Jc0
8049 continue
8050 main packet Jc-1
8051 end
8052 # toggle1 : force display of coreid 1
8053 define toggle1
8054 maint packet Jc1
8055 continue
8056 main packet Jc-1
8057 end
8058 @end example
8059 @end itemize
8060
8061
8062 @node Tcl Scripting API
8063 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
8064 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
8065 @cindex Tcl scripts
8066 @section API rules
8067
8068 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
8069 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
8070 information as an argument to each proc.
8071
8072 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
8073 pair list and lists.
8074
8075 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
8076 list.
8077
8078 @verbatim
8079
8080 > set foo(me) Duane
8081 > set foo(you) Oyvind
8082 > set foo(mouse) Micky
8083 > set foo(duck) Donald
8084
8085 If one does this:
8086
8087 > set foo
8088
8089 The result is:
8090
8091 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
8092
8093 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
8094
8095 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
8096 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
8097 }
8098 @end verbatim
8099
8100 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
8101 should be passed in to the proc in question.
8102
8103 @section Internal low-level Commands
8104
8105 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
8106
8107 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
8108 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
8109 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
8110
8111 @itemize @bullet
8112 @item @b{mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
8113
8114 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
8115 @item @b{array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
8116
8117 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
8118 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
8119
8120 Return information about the flash banks
8121 @end itemize
8122
8123 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
8124 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
8125 called "flash_banks".
8126
8127 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
8128
8129 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
8130 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
8131 holds one of the following values:
8132
8133 @itemize @bullet
8134 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
8135 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
8136 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
8137 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
8138 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
8139 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
8140 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
8141 @end itemize
8142
8143 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
8144
8145 @quotation Note
8146 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
8147 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
8148 @code{jim_platform} (because it
8149 is jim, not real tcl).
8150 @end quotation
8151
8152 @node FAQ
8153 @chapter FAQ
8154 @cindex faq
8155 @enumerate
8156 @anchor{faqrtck}
8157 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
8158 @cindex RTCK
8159 @cindex adaptive clocking
8160 @*
8161
8162 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
8163 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
8164 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
8165 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
8166
8167 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
8168 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
8169 for example. There are 2 basic options:
8170 @enumerate
8171 @item
8172 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
8173 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
8174 @item
8175 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
8176 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
8177 @end enumerate
8178
8179 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
8180 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
8181 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
8182 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
8183 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
8184 power).
8185
8186 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
8187 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
8188 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
8189 ARM926 scenario).
8190 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
8191 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
8192 JTAG can use a faster clock.
8193
8194 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
8195 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
8196 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
8197 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
8198
8199 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
8200
8201 In order to make use of this,
8202 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
8203 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
8204
8205 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
8206 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
8207 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
8208 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
8209 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
8210
8211 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
8212 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
8213 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
8214 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
8215
8216 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
8217 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
8218 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
8219 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
8220 with a CPLD.
8221 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
8222 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
8223 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
8224 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
8225 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
8226 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
8227
8228 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
8229
8230 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
8231
8232 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
8233 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
8234 depending on the chips on your board.
8235 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
8236 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
8237 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
8238
8239 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
8240 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
8241 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
8242
8243 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
8244 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
8245 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
8246 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
8247
8248 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
8249 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
8250 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
8251 this way.
8252
8253 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
8254 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
8255 clock rate.
8256 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
8257 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
8258 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
8259
8260 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
8261
8262 @example
8263 # Example: 1.234MHz
8264 adapter_khz 1234
8265 @end example
8266
8267
8268 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
8269
8270 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
8271 around Windows filenames.
8272
8273 @example
8274 > echo \a
8275
8276 > echo @{\a@}
8277 \a
8278 > echo "\a"
8279
8280 >
8281 @end example
8282
8283
8284 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
8285
8286 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
8287 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
8288 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
8289
8290 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
8291 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
8292 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
8293
8294 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
8295 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
8296 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
8297
8298 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
8299
8300 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
8301 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
8302 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
8303 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
8304
8305 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
8306 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
8307 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
8308
8309 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
8310 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
8311
8312 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
8313 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
8314 memory read caused data abort".
8315
8316 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
8317 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
8318 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
8319 be done, feel free to add this here.
8320
8321 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
8322 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
8323 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
8324 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
8325 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
8326 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
8327 gracefully stops.
8328
8329 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
8330 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
8331 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
8332
8333 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
8334 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
8335 bytes. Painful...
8336
8337
8338 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
8339 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
8340
8341 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
8342 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
8343 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
8344 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
8345 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
8346 reset, everything else should work fine.
8347
8348 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
8349 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
8350 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
8351 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
8352
8353 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
8354 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
8355 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
8356 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
8357
8358 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
8359
8360 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
8361 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
8362 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
8363 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
8364
8365 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
8366 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
8367 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
8368 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
8369
8370 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
8371 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
8372 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
8373
8374 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
8375 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
8376
8377 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
8378 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
8379 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
8380 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
8381 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
8382 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
8383 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
8384 clock frequency?
8385
8386 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
8387 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
8388 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
8389 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
8390 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
8391
8392 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
8393
8394 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
8395 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
8396 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
8397 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
8398 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
8399 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
8400 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
8401
8402 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
8403
8404 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
8405 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
8406 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
8407 up DRAM and loading it with code.
8408
8409 @anchor{faqtaporder}
8410 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
8411 particular order?
8412
8413 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
8414 the same order used by the hardware.
8415
8416 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
8417 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
8418 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
8419 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
8420 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
8421 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
8422
8423 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
8424 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
8425 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
8426 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
8427
8428 @itemize @bullet
8429 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
8430 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
8431 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
8432 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
8433 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
8434 @end itemize
8435
8436 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
8437
8438 @itemize @bullet
8439 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
8440 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
8441 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
8442 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
8443 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
8444 @end itemize
8445
8446
8447 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
8448 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
8449 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
8450
8451 TODO.
8452
8453 @end enumerate
8454
8455 @node Tcl Crash Course
8456 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
8457 @cindex Tcl
8458
8459 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
8460 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
8461 how the Tcl scripts work.
8462
8463 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
8464 who need to understand a bit more of how Jim-Tcl works so they can do
8465 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
8466 OpenOCD.
8467
8468 @section Tcl Rule #1
8469 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
8470 @enumerate
8471 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
8472 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8473 @end enumerate
8474
8475 The Tcl equal is this:
8476
8477 @enumerate
8478 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
8479 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8480 @end enumerate
8481
8482 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
8483 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
8484
8485 @section Tcl Rule #1b
8486 There is a second pair of rules.
8487 @enumerate
8488 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
8489 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
8490 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
8491 in Tcl.
8492 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8493 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
8494 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
8495 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
8496 @end enumerate
8497
8498 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
8499 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
8500 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
8501 Everything is a string}
8502
8503 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
8504 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
8505 difference is subtle.
8506 @enumerate
8507 @item Parse Time
8508 @item Evaluation Time
8509 @end enumerate
8510
8511 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
8512 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
8513 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
8514
8515 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
8516 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
8517 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
8518 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
8519
8520 @itemize @bullet
8521 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
8522 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
8523 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
8524 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
8525 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
8526 @example
8527 # bash example
8528 X=`date`
8529 echo "The Date is: $X"
8530 # Tcl example
8531 set X [date]
8532 puts "The Date is: $X"
8533 @end example
8534 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
8535 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
8536 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
8537 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
8538 is a string}
8539 @example
8540 set x "Dinner"
8541 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
8542 @end example
8543 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
8544 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
8545 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
8546 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
8547 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
8548 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
8549 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
8550 @end itemize
8551
8552 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
8553
8554 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
8555
8556 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
8557
8558 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
8559 the normal way.
8560
8561 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
8562 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
8563 line is immedatly executed.
8564
8565 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
8566 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
8567
8568 @subsection Command Execution
8569
8570 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
8571 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
8572 control flow operators.
8573
8574 Commands are executed like this:
8575
8576 @enumerate
8577 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
8578 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
8579 @item Repeat until End Of File.
8580 @end enumerate
8581
8582 It sort of works like this:
8583 @example
8584 for(;;)@{
8585 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
8586
8587 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
8588
8589 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
8590 @}
8591 @end example
8592
8593 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
8594 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
8595 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
8596 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
8597 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
8598 ``LookupCommand()''
8599
8600 @subsection The FOR command
8601
8602 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
8603 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
8604 command just like any other command.
8605
8606 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
8607 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
8608 are:
8609
8610 @enumerate 0
8611 @item The ascii text 'for'
8612 @item The start text
8613 @item The test expression
8614 @item The next text
8615 @item The body text
8616 @end enumerate
8617
8618 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
8619 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
8620 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
8621 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
8622
8623 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
8624 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
8625
8626 @example
8627 int
8628 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
8629 int *argc,
8630 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
8631 @end example
8632
8633 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
8634 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
8635 still operates in the same basic way.
8636
8637 @subsection FOR command implementation
8638
8639 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
8640 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
8641
8642 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
8643
8644 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
8645
8646 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
8647 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
8648 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
8649
8650 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
8651 expression and returns a value.
8652
8653 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
8654 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
8655 @example
8656 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
8657
8658 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
8659
8660 int
8661 MyForCommand( void *interp,
8662 int argc,
8663 char **argv )
8664 @{
8665 if( argc != 5 )@{
8666 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
8667 return ERROR;
8668 @}
8669
8670 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
8671
8672 // Execute the start statement.
8673 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
8674
8675 // Top of loop test
8676 for(;;)@{
8677 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
8678 if( i == 0 )
8679 break;
8680
8681 // Execute the body
8682 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
8683
8684 // Execute the LOOP part
8685 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
8686 @}
8687
8688 // Return no error
8689 SetResult( interp, "" );
8690 return SUCCESS;
8691 @}
8692 @end example
8693
8694 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
8695 in the same basic way.
8696
8697 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
8698
8699 @subsection source and find commands
8700 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
8701 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
8702 @*Remember the parsing rules
8703 @enumerate
8704 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
8705 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
8706 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
8707 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
8708 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
8709 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
8710 That character begins Tcl comments.)
8711 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
8712 it reads a file and executes as a script.
8713 @end enumerate
8714 @subsection format command
8715 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
8716 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
8717 @b{sprintf()}.
8718 @b{Example}
8719 @example
8720 set x 6
8721 set y 7
8722 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
8723 @end example
8724 @enumerate
8725 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
8726 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
8727 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
8728 @* Refer to Rule #1
8729 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
8730 @* Refer to Rule #1.
8731 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
8732 @end enumerate
8733 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
8734 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
8735 @example
8736 #1 Good
8737 proc someproc @{@} @{
8738 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
8739 @}
8740 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
8741 #2 Good - no variables
8742 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
8743 #3 Good Curly Braces
8744 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
8745 puts "Time: [date]"
8746 @}
8747 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
8748 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
8749 @end example
8750 @enumerate
8751 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
8752 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
8753 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
8754 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
8755 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
8756 command.
8757 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
8758 @*There are 4 examples:
8759 @enumerate
8760 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
8761 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
8762 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
8763 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
8764 @end enumerate
8765
8766 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
8767 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
8768 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
8769
8770 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
8771 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
8772 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
8773 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
8774 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
8775 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
8776 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
8777 @end enumerate
8778 @subsection Global Variables
8779 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
8780 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
8781 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
8782 @example
8783 proc myproc @{ @} @{
8784 set y 0 #Local variable Y
8785 global x #Global variable X
8786 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
8787 @}
8788 @end example
8789 @section Other Tcl Hacks
8790 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
8791 @example
8792 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
8793 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
8794 # Create var name
8795 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
8796 # Make it a global
8797 global $vn
8798 # Set it.
8799 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
8800 @}
8801 @end example
8802 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
8803 @example
8804 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
8805 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
8806 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
8807 @}
8808 @end example
8809
8810 @include fdl.texi
8811
8812 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
8813 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
8814 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
8815 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
8816 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
8817 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
8818
8819 @printindex cp
8820
8821 @node Command and Driver Index
8822 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
8823 @printindex fn
8824
8825 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)